Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

the+priest+and+his+people

  • 21 casa

    f.
    1 house (edificio).
    ser de andar por casa to be simple o basic (sencillo)
    echar o tirar la casa por la ventana (figurative) to spare no expense
    empezar la casa por el tejado to put the cart before the horse
    casa Blanca White House
    casa de campo country house
    casa particular private house
    casa Rosada = Argentinian presidential palace (en Argentina)
    casa solariega ancestral home, family seat
    casa unifamiliar = house (usually detached) on an estate
    2 home.
    en casa at home
    ¿está tu hermano en casa? is your brother at home?
    buscar casa to look for somewhere to live
    cambiarse o mudarse de casa to move (house)
    ir a casa to go home
    pásate por mi casa come round to my place
    3 family (familia).
    casa real royal family
    ¡invita la casa! it's on the house!
    especialidad/vino de la casa house specialty/wine
    casa de apuestas betting shop
    casa de citas brothel
    casa de comidas = cheap restaurant serving simple meals
    casa discográfica record company
    casa de empeño pawnshop
    ¡esto es una casa de locos! (figurative) this place is a madhouse!
    casa de socorro first-aid post
    5 home (sport).
    jugar en casa to play at home
    jugar fuera de casa to play away (from home)
    el equipo de casa the home team
    6 business.
    7 CASA, Summit of the Americas Welcoming Committee.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: casar.
    * * *
    1 (vivienda) house
    2 (piso) flat
    3 (edificio) building
    4 (hogar) home
    5 (familia) family
    6 (linaje) house
    7 (empresa) firm, company
    \
    buscar casa to go house-hunting
    caerse la casa encima figurado not to be able to stand being in the house
    como Pedro por su casa figurado as if he (she, you, etc) owned the place
    de andar por casa (ropa) for wearing around the house 2 (procedimiento, arreglo) rough, makeshift
    echar la casa por la ventana / tirar la casa por la ventana figurado to spare no expense, push the boat out
    empezar la casa por el tejado figurado to put the cart before the horse
    hacer la casa familiar to do the housework
    jugar en casa DEPORTE to play at home
    llevar la casa figurado to run the house
    no parar en casa to never be at home
    no salir de casa not to go out
    pasar por casa to come round, come over
    poner casa to set up house
    ser muy de casa figurado to be home-loving
    casa de comidas eating house
    casa de huéspedes boarding house
    casa de juego gambling house
    casa de modas fashion house
    casa de pisos block of flats
    casa de socorro first aid post
    casa matriz / casa principal COMERCIO head office, central office
    * * *
    noun f.
    2) home
    4) firm, company
    * * *
    SF ABR Esp
    = Construcciones Aeronáuticas, S.A.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( vivienda) house
    b) ( hogar) home

    a los 18 años se fue de casa or (AmL) de la casa — she left home at 18

    no está nunca en casa or (AmL) en la casa — he's never (at) home

    ¿estarás en casa esta tarde? — will you be at home o in this afternoon?

    ¿por qué no pasas por casa or (AmL) por la casa? — why don't you drop in o by?

    lo invito a cenar a su casa de usted — (Méx) please come over to dinner

    vivo en Lomas 38, su casa de usted — (Méx) I live at number 38 Lomas, where you will always be most welcome

    de or para andar por casa — < vestido> for wearing around the house; <definición/terminología> crude, rough

    se me/se le vino la casa encima — the bottom fell out of my/her world

    como Pedro por su casa — as if you/he/she owned the place (colloq)

    como una casa — (fam)

    una mentira como una casa — a whopping great lie (colloq), a whopper (colloq)

    echar or tirar la casa por la ventana — to push the boat out

    empezar la casa por el tejado — to put the cart before the horse

    en la casa de la Guayaba (Méx fam) — miles away (colloq)

    ser muy de su casa — ( hogareño) to be very homeloving; ( hacendoso) to be very houseproud

    en casa del herrero, cuchillo de palo — the shoemaker's son always goes barefoot

    2) (Com)
    a) ( empresa) company, firm (BrE)
    b) (bar, restaurante)

    especialidad de la casa — house specialty (AmE), speciality of the house (BrE)

    3) ( dinastía) house
    4)
    a) (Dep)
    b) (Jueg) home
    •
    * * *
    = home, house, household, townhouse [town-house], home front.
    Ex. It is recommended for a variety of applications, amongst which are records of suppliers, staff, household possessions and so on, and is likely to find users in both the home and business worlds.
    Ex. Qualifiers function as an integral part of the index terms, so that terms of the form 'Moving ( House)', 'Mergers (Industrial)' are created and used.
    Ex. For the two-car family, living in the countryside can present few problems, but most households are not in such an advantageous position.
    Ex. In comparing the residential experiences of single-family dwelling inhabitants with those living in townhouses, duplexes, & apartments, only apartment dwellers seem to experience adverse effects.
    Ex. The ongoing threat of terrorist attacks on North American soil and assets abroad, have brought asymmetric warfare to the home front.
    ----
    * alfabetización en casa = family literacy.
    * ama de casa = housewife [housewives, -pl.], homemaker, housekeeper.
    * amo de casa = homemaker.
    * artículos de la casa = household goods.
    * asuntos de la casa, los = home affairs.
    * banco en casa = home banking.
    * barrer para casa = look after + number one, feather + Posesivo/the + nest.
    * bata de casa = housedress.
    * cambiarse de casa = move + house.
    * casa adosada = terrace(d) house, terrace(d) home, townhouse [town-house], semidetached house, duplex, duplex house.
    * casa alquilada = house let.
    * casa ancestral = ancestral home.
    * Casa Blanca, la = White House, the.
    * casa comercial = house.
    * casa consistorial = civic hall.
    * casa de acogida = shelter home, foster home.
    * casa de beneficiencia = almshouse.
    * casa de campo = holiday home, country residence.
    * casa de empeño = pawnshop, hock shop [hockshop].
    * casa de huéspedes = guesthouse [guest house], bed and breakfast (B&B).
    * casa de ladrillos de adobe = mud-brick house.
    * casa de la moneda = mint.
    * casa de la playa = beach house.
    * casa del guarda = lodge.
    * casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.
    * casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.
    * casa del párroco = parsonage house, parsonage.
    * casa de madera = log house, wood house.
    * casa de maternidad = maternity home.
    * casa de muñecas = doll's house.
    * casa de oficios = vocational school.
    * casa de pisos = tenement, apartment block, apartment building, apartment complex.
    * casa de placer = house of pleasure, house of pleasure.
    * casa de putas = brothel, bawdy house [bawdyhouse].
    * casa de té = teahouse.
    * casa de tres plantas = three-storeyed house.
    * casa de troncos de madera = log house.
    * casa de vacaciones = vacation home.
    * casa de veraneo = holiday home.
    * casa editorial = publishing house.
    * casa frecuentada por los espíritus = haunted house.
    * casa móvil = mobile home.
    * casa pareada = duplex, duplex house.
    * casa parroquial = parsonage house, parsonage.
    * casa particular = private home.
    * casa piloto = show home, show house.
    * casa prefabricada = manufactured home, prefabricated house.
    * casa proveedora = components supplier.
    * casa remolque = mobile home.
    * casa rural = farmhouse.
    * casa rústica = cottage.
    * casa señorial = manor house, stately home.
    * casa social = community house.
    * casa solariega = ancestral home, country house, stately home, manor house.
    * cine en casa = home theatre, home cinema.
    * cocinero de casa = home cook.
    * comer en casa = eat in.
    * como en casa = like home (away) from home.
    * como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.
    * compra desde casa = armchair shopping.
    * confinado a la casa = housebound [house-bound].
    * construcción de casas = building construction.
    * dueño de la casa = householder.
    * el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.
    * empezar la casa por el tejado = tail wagging the dog.
    * en casa = in the home.
    * en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.
    * encontrar casa = find + a home.
    * encontrarse en casa = be in.
    * enseñanza escolar en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].
    * equipo de casa = home team.
    * equipo de casa, el = home side, the.
    * escolarización en casa = homeschool, homeschooling [home schooling].
    * escolarizar en casa = homeschool.
    * especialidad de la casa, la = house specialty, the.
    * estar en casa = be in.
    * esterilla de la entrada de la casa = welcome mat.
    * estilo de la casa = house style.
    * fuera de la casa = out-of-home.
    * hacer que Algo se haga en casa = bring + Nombre + in-house.
    * hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.
    * hora de volver a casa = curfew.
    * imposibilitado para salir de casa = housebound [house-bound], homebound [home-bound].
    * ir a casa de = make + house calls.
    * irse a casa = go + home.
    * irse de casa = leave + home.
    * joven que huye de su casa = runaway.
    * lejía de casa = household bleach.
    * llave de la casa = house key.
    * llegar a casa = get + home.
    * llegar tarde a casa = stay out + late.
    * llevar a casa = bring + home.
    * llevarse los problemas a casa = bring + problems home.
    * menú de la casa = set menu.
    * mudarse de casa = move + house.
    * para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.
    * partido que se juega en casa = home game.
    * partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.
    * personas confinadas a permanecer en casa por cualquier impedimento, las = housebound, the.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * pisar + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.
    * quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.
    * quehaceres de la casa = housework.
    * que trabaja desde casa = home-based.
    * realización de los estudios escolares en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].
    * regresar a casa = go + home again.
    * regreso a casa = homecoming, journey home.
    * revolver toda la casa = turn + the house upside down.
    * ropa de casa = loungewear.
    * ropa de estar en casa = loungewear.
    * salir de casa = leave + home.
    * segunda casa = second home.
    * seguro de la casa = home insurance.
    * sentirse como en casa = feel + at home, feel like + home (away) from home.
    * tirar la casa por la ventana = lash out (on), go to + town on.
    * todo queda en casa = all in the family.
    * trabajador desde casa = homeworker.
    * trabajos de la casa = housework.
    * traer a casa = bring + back home.
    * vender de casa en casa = peddle.
    * volver a casa = go + home again.
    * volver la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * volver tarde a casa = stay out + late.
    * vuelta a casa = homecoming, journey home.
    * zona para casas móviles = mobile home park, trailer park.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( vivienda) house
    b) ( hogar) home

    a los 18 años se fue de casa or (AmL) de la casa — she left home at 18

    no está nunca en casa or (AmL) en la casa — he's never (at) home

    ¿estarás en casa esta tarde? — will you be at home o in this afternoon?

    ¿por qué no pasas por casa or (AmL) por la casa? — why don't you drop in o by?

    lo invito a cenar a su casa de usted — (Méx) please come over to dinner

    vivo en Lomas 38, su casa de usted — (Méx) I live at number 38 Lomas, where you will always be most welcome

    de or para andar por casa — < vestido> for wearing around the house; <definición/terminología> crude, rough

    se me/se le vino la casa encima — the bottom fell out of my/her world

    como Pedro por su casa — as if you/he/she owned the place (colloq)

    como una casa — (fam)

    una mentira como una casa — a whopping great lie (colloq), a whopper (colloq)

    echar or tirar la casa por la ventana — to push the boat out

    empezar la casa por el tejado — to put the cart before the horse

    en la casa de la Guayaba (Méx fam) — miles away (colloq)

    ser muy de su casa — ( hogareño) to be very homeloving; ( hacendoso) to be very houseproud

    en casa del herrero, cuchillo de palo — the shoemaker's son always goes barefoot

    2) (Com)
    a) ( empresa) company, firm (BrE)
    b) (bar, restaurante)

    especialidad de la casa — house specialty (AmE), speciality of the house (BrE)

    3) ( dinastía) house
    4)
    a) (Dep)
    b) (Jueg) home
    •
    * * *
    = home, house, household, townhouse [town-house], home front.

    Ex: It is recommended for a variety of applications, amongst which are records of suppliers, staff, household possessions and so on, and is likely to find users in both the home and business worlds.

    Ex: Qualifiers function as an integral part of the index terms, so that terms of the form 'Moving ( House)', 'Mergers (Industrial)' are created and used.
    Ex: For the two-car family, living in the countryside can present few problems, but most households are not in such an advantageous position.
    Ex: In comparing the residential experiences of single-family dwelling inhabitants with those living in townhouses, duplexes, & apartments, only apartment dwellers seem to experience adverse effects.
    Ex: The ongoing threat of terrorist attacks on North American soil and assets abroad, have brought asymmetric warfare to the home front.
    * alfabetización en casa = family literacy.
    * ama de casa = housewife [housewives, -pl.], homemaker, housekeeper.
    * amo de casa = homemaker.
    * artículos de la casa = household goods.
    * asuntos de la casa, los = home affairs.
    * banco en casa = home banking.
    * barrer para casa = look after + number one, feather + Posesivo/the + nest.
    * bata de casa = housedress.
    * cambiarse de casa = move + house.
    * casa adosada = terrace(d) house, terrace(d) home, townhouse [town-house], semidetached house, duplex, duplex house.
    * casa alquilada = house let.
    * casa ancestral = ancestral home.
    * Casa Blanca, la = White House, the.
    * casa comercial = house.
    * casa consistorial = civic hall.
    * casa de acogida = shelter home, foster home.
    * casa de beneficiencia = almshouse.
    * casa de campo = holiday home, country residence.
    * casa de empeño = pawnshop, hock shop [hockshop].
    * casa de huéspedes = guesthouse [guest house], bed and breakfast (B&B).
    * casa de ladrillos de adobe = mud-brick house.
    * casa de la moneda = mint.
    * casa de la playa = beach house.
    * casa del guarda = lodge.
    * casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.
    * casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.
    * casa del párroco = parsonage house, parsonage.
    * casa de madera = log house, wood house.
    * casa de maternidad = maternity home.
    * casa de muñecas = doll's house.
    * casa de oficios = vocational school.
    * casa de pisos = tenement, apartment block, apartment building, apartment complex.
    * casa de placer = house of pleasure, house of pleasure.
    * casa de putas = brothel, bawdy house [bawdyhouse].
    * casa de té = teahouse.
    * casa de tres plantas = three-storeyed house.
    * casa de troncos de madera = log house.
    * casa de vacaciones = vacation home.
    * casa de veraneo = holiday home.
    * casa editorial = publishing house.
    * casa frecuentada por los espíritus = haunted house.
    * casa móvil = mobile home.
    * casa pareada = duplex, duplex house.
    * casa parroquial = parsonage house, parsonage.
    * casa particular = private home.
    * casa piloto = show home, show house.
    * casa prefabricada = manufactured home, prefabricated house.
    * casa proveedora = components supplier.
    * casa remolque = mobile home.
    * casa rural = farmhouse.
    * casa rústica = cottage.
    * casa señorial = manor house, stately home.
    * casa social = community house.
    * casa solariega = ancestral home, country house, stately home, manor house.
    * cine en casa = home theatre, home cinema.
    * cocinero de casa = home cook.
    * comer en casa = eat in.
    * como en casa = like home (away) from home.
    * como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.
    * compra desde casa = armchair shopping.
    * confinado a la casa = housebound [house-bound].
    * construcción de casas = building construction.
    * dueño de la casa = householder.
    * el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.
    * empezar la casa por el tejado = tail wagging the dog.
    * en casa = in the home.
    * en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.
    * encontrar casa = find + a home.
    * encontrarse en casa = be in.
    * enseñanza escolar en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].
    * equipo de casa = home team.
    * equipo de casa, el = home side, the.
    * escolarización en casa = homeschool, homeschooling [home schooling].
    * escolarizar en casa = homeschool.
    * especialidad de la casa, la = house specialty, the.
    * estar en casa = be in.
    * esterilla de la entrada de la casa = welcome mat.
    * estilo de la casa = house style.
    * fuera de la casa = out-of-home.
    * hacer que Algo se haga en casa = bring + Nombre + in-house.
    * hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.
    * hora de volver a casa = curfew.
    * imposibilitado para salir de casa = housebound [house-bound], homebound [home-bound].
    * ir a casa de = make + house calls.
    * irse a casa = go + home.
    * irse de casa = leave + home.
    * joven que huye de su casa = runaway.
    * lejía de casa = household bleach.
    * llave de la casa = house key.
    * llegar a casa = get + home.
    * llegar tarde a casa = stay out + late.
    * llevar a casa = bring + home.
    * llevarse los problemas a casa = bring + problems home.
    * menú de la casa = set menu.
    * mudarse de casa = move + house.
    * para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.
    * partido que se juega en casa = home game.
    * partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.
    * personas confinadas a permanecer en casa por cualquier impedimento, las = housebound, the.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * pisar + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.
    * quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.
    * quehaceres de la casa = housework.
    * que trabaja desde casa = home-based.
    * realización de los estudios escolares en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].
    * regresar a casa = go + home again.
    * regreso a casa = homecoming, journey home.
    * revolver toda la casa = turn + the house upside down.
    * ropa de casa = loungewear.
    * ropa de estar en casa = loungewear.
    * salir de casa = leave + home.
    * segunda casa = second home.
    * seguro de la casa = home insurance.
    * sentirse como en casa = feel + at home, feel like + home (away) from home.
    * tirar la casa por la ventana = lash out (on), go to + town on.
    * todo queda en casa = all in the family.
    * trabajador desde casa = homeworker.
    * trabajos de la casa = housework.
    * traer a casa = bring + back home.
    * vender de casa en casa = peddle.
    * volver a casa = go + home again.
    * volver la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * volver tarde a casa = stay out + late.
    * vuelta a casa = homecoming, journey home.
    * zona para casas móviles = mobile home park, trailer park.

    * * *
    Casa Amarilla (↑ casa a1), Casa Rosada (↑ casa aa1)
    A
    1 (vivienda) house
    está buscando casa she's looking for somewhere to live
    cambiarse or mudarse de casa to move, move house
    todavía no nos han ofrecido la casa they still haven't invited us to see the house
    casa or casita del perro caseta f 3. (↑ caseta)
    2 (hogar) home
    a los 18 años se fue de casa or ( AmL) de la casa she left home at 18
    no está nunca en casa or ( AmL) en la casa he's never (at) home
    ¿por qué no pasas por casa or ( AmL) por la casa? why don't you drop in o by?
    voy a preguntar en casa or ( AmL) en la casa I'll ask at home
    está en su casa make yourself at home
    lo invito a cenar a su casa de usted ( Méx); please come over to dinner
    ¿dónde vive? — en Lomas 38, su casa de usted ( Méx); where do you live? — at number 38 Lomas, where you will always be most welcome
    no soy de la casa I don't live here
    decidió poner casa en Toledo she decided to go and live in Toledo
    le ha puesto casa a su querida he's set his mistress up in a house ( o an apartment etc)
    los padres les ayudaron a poner la casa their parents helped them to set up house
    de andar or para andar por casa ‹vestido› house ( before n), for wearing around the house;
    ‹definición/terminología› crude, rough
    caérsele or venírsele a algn la casa encima: cuando no aprobó el examen se le vino la casa encima when she failed the exam, the bottom fell out of her world o her whole world came crashing down around her ears
    como Pedro or Perico or Pepe por su casa as if you/he/she owned the place ( colloq)
    como una casa ( fam): una mentira como una casa a whopping great lie ( colloq), an out-and-out lie
    un error grande como una casa a glaring o terrible mistake
    echar or tirar or ( Ven) botar la casa por la ventana to push the boat out
    para la boda de su hija tiró la casa por la ventana he spared no expense o he really went overboard o he really pushed the boat out for his daughter's wedding
    empezar la casa por el tejado to put the cart before the horse
    en la casa de la Guayaba ( fam) or ( vulg) de la chingada ( Méx); miles away ( colloq)
    ser muy de su casa (hogareño) to be very homeloving, be a real homebody ( AmE) o ( BrE) homelover; (hacendoso) to be very houseproud
    en casa del herrero, cuchillo de palo or ( Col) azadón de palo the shoemaker's son always goes barefoot
    cada uno en su casa y Dios en la de todos each to his own and God watching over everyone
    B ( Com)
    1 (empresa) company, firm ( BrE)
    la casa Mega lanzó ayer su último modelo Mega launched their latest model yesterday
    2
    (bar, restaurante): vino de la casa house wine
    especialidad de la casa house specialty ( AmE), speciality of the house ( BrE)
    invita la casa it's on the house
    es un obsequio de la casa with the compliments of the management
    C (dinastía) house
    la casa de los Borbones the House of Bourbon
    D
    1 ( Dep):
    Wanderers perdió en casa Wanderers lost at home
    los de casa juegan de amarillo the home team are in yellow
    2 ( Jueg) home
    E ( Astrol) house
    Compuestos:
    semi-detached/terraced house
    (en CR, Ven) Presidential Palace
    White House
    head office, headquarters ( sing o pl)
    clubhouse
    town hall
    ( Chi) (reformatorio) reformatory ( for girls) ( AmE), young offenders' institution ( for girls) ( BrE); (cárcel) women's prison
    police station ( including living quarters)
    children's home
    refuge
    (CS) maisonette
    ( Méx) boardinghouse, rooming house ( AmE)
    bathhouse, baths (pl)
    children's home
    bureau de change
    country house, house in the country
    ( RPl) apartment house o building ( AmE), block of flats ( BrE)
    House of God
    record company
    (CS) (universidad) university, college; (facultad) faculty
    (en algunos países) Presidential Palace
    boardinghouse, rooming house ( AmE)
    ( RPl) tenement house
    A ( Fin) mint
    B (en Chi) Presidential Palace
    ( ant); brothel
    ( fam); madhouse ( colloq)
    House of God
    ( Chi) reformatory ( AmE), young offenders' institution ( BrE)
    fashion house
    dollhouse ( AmE), doll's house ( BrE)
    lunatic asylum
    tenement house ( Esp)
    coaching inn
    ( vulg); whorehouse ( vulg)
    ● casa de reposo or salud
    (CS) nursing home, convalescent home
    first-aid post
    ( AmL) brothel
    ( Méx) tenement house
    tenement house
    record company
    publishing house
    house boat
    ( Chi) dwelling
    head office, headquarters ( sing o pl)
    (Col, Méx) casa piloto
    model home ( AmE), show house ( BrE)
    brothel
    Royal Household
    refuge o hostel for battered women
    (CS, Ven) mobile home, trailer ( AmE), caravan ( BrE)
    (en Arg) Presidential Palace
    ( Esp); holiday cottage
    ancestral home
    * * *

     

    Del verbo casar: ( conjugate casar)

    casa es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    casa    
    casar
    casa sustantivo femenino
    1


    casita del perro kennel;
    casa adosada or pareada semi-detached o terraced house;
    Ccasa Blanca White House;
    casa de acogida refuge;
    casa de huéspedes boardinghouse;
    casa de socorro first-aid post;
    casa de vecinos or (Méx) de vecindad tenement house;
    Ccasa Real Royal Household;
    casa refugio refuge o hostel for battered women;
    casa rodante (CS) trailer (AmE), caravan (BrE)
    b) ( hogar) home;

    a los 18 años se fue de casa or (AmL) de la casa she left home at 18;
    no está nunca en casa or ( AmL) en la casa he's never (at) home;

    ¿por qué no pasas por casa or (AmL) por la casa? why don't you drop in?;
    de or para andar por casa ‹ vestido› for wearing around the house;

    ‹definición/terminología› crude, rough;
    echar or tirar la casa por la ventana to push the boat out
    2
    a) ( empresa) company, firm (BrE);


    casa de cambios bureau de change
    b) (bar, restaurante):


    invita la casa it's on the house
    3 (Dep):

    casar ( conjugate casar) verbo transitivo [cura/juez] to marry
    verbo intransitivo

    [ piezas] to fit together;
    [ cuentas] to match, tally
    b) ( armonizar) [colores/estilos] to go together;

    casa con algo to go well with sth
    casarse verbo pronominal
    to get married;

    se casó con un abogado she married a lawyer;
    casase en segundas nupcias to marry again, to remarry
    casa sustantivo femenino
    1 (edificio) house ➣ Ver nota en chalet
    2 (hogar) home: vete a casa, go home
    estábamos en casa de Rosa, we were at Rosa's
    hay mucha gente que no tiene casa, there are a lot of homeless people
    3 (empresa) company, firm
    casa matriz, head office
    4 (estirpe) la casa de los Austria, the House of Habsburg
    5 casa de empeños, pawnshop
    casa de huéspedes, boarding house
    familiar casa de locos, madhouse
    casa de socorro, first aid post
    casa de la villa, town hall
    ♦ Locuciones: tengo que salir a pasear, si no, se me cae la casa encima, I've got to go out for a walk or this house is going to drive me up the wall
    familiar como Pedro por su casa, as if I/you/he owned the place
    de andar por casa, (ropa) everyday
    (explicación) crude, rough
    no parar en casa, to be on the go
    tirar la casa por la ventana, to roll out the red carpet
    casar
    I verbo transitivo (unir en matrimonio) to marry
    (dar en matrimonio) to marry (off): casó muy bien a sus dos hijos, she successfully married off her two sons
    II verbo intransitivo (encajar) to match, go o fit together: las cuentas no le casan, he can't make the figures balance, figurado things don't seem to be right to him

    ' casa' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abstraerse
    - acercar
    - acoger
    - acogedor
    - acogedora
    - acuerdo
    - adosada
    - adosado
    - afuera
    - agencia
    - ajena
    - ajeno
    - alquilar
    - alquiler
    - ama
    - amañarse
    - amo
    - ampliación
    - andar
    - antirrobo
    - arriba
    - así
    - ático
    - atusar
    - aviar
    - barrer
    - bata
    - benjamín
    - benjamina
    - bienvenida
    - bienvenido
    - borde
    - cabida
    - cacho
    - calentar
    - cambiar
    - camino
    - cara
    - cargar
    - carpintería
    - casera
    - casero
    - chalet
    - cocina
    - comedor
    - comedora
    - consentir
    - convivir
    English:
    address
    - advantage
    - agent
    - amenities
    - ancestral
    - anyone
    - appraisal
    - appreciate
    - approximately
    - around-the clock
    - as
    - ask round
    - at
    - attractive
    - back
    - be
    - bed
    - before
    - below
    - better
    - big
    - blast away
    - bleak
    - boarding house
    - body
    - bookshelf
    - break into
    - built-in
    - burglar alarm
    - burglarize
    - burglary
    - busline
    - bustle
    - buyer
    - call
    - caller
    - care
    - caretaker
    - clean up
    - come out
    - congregate
    - convenience
    - cottage
    - curious
    - customary
    - cut out
    - daily
    - dear
    - decorate
    - design
    * * *
    casa nf
    1. [edificio] house;
    [apartamento] Br flat, US apartment;
    vivo en una casa de tres plantas my house has got three floors;
    vivimos en una casa de alquiler we live in rented accommodation;
    buscar casa to look for somewhere to live;
    cambiarse o [m5] mudarse de casa to move (house);
    de casa en casa house-to-house;
    se le cae la casa encima [se deprime] it's the end of the world for him;
    Fam
    como una casa [enorme] massive;
    dijo un disparate como una casa he made a totally ludicrous remark;
    una mentira como una casa a whopping great lie;
    un fuera de juego como una casa a blindingly obvious offside;
    echar o [m5] tirar la casa por la ventana to spare no expense;
    para comprarse un coche tan caro, tiró la casa por la ventana he spared no expense when he bought that car;
    empezar la casa por el tejado to put the cart before the horse
    casa adosada Br terraced house, US row house;
    casa de altos Am salvo RP [edificio] multistorey building;
    CSur, Perú [casa de arriba] upstairs Br flat o US apartment;
    casa de apartamentos Br block of flats, US apartment building;
    Casa Blanca [en Estados Unidos] White House;
    casa de campo country house;
    casa y comida board and lodging;
    Esp casa cuartel [de la Guardia Civil] = police station also used as living quarters by Guardia Civil; Arg casa de departamentos Br block of flats, US apartment building; Am casa habitación residential building; RP casa de inquilinato = communal dwelling where poor families each live in a single room and share bathroom and kitchen with others;
    casa de labor farmhouse;
    casa de labranza farmhouse;
    Méx casa llena:
    con casa llena [en béisbol] with the bases loaded;
    Casa de la Moneda [en Chile] = Chile's presidential palace;
    casa de muñecas Br doll's house, US dollhouse;
    casa natal: [m5] la casa natal de Goya the house where Goya was born;
    casa parroquial priest's house, presbytery;
    casa piloto show house;
    casa de postas posthouse, inn;
    RP casa rodante Br caravan, US trailer;
    Casa Rosada [en Argentina] = Argentinian presidential palace;
    casa semiadosada semi-detached house;
    casa solariega ancestral home, family seat;
    casa unifamiliar = house, usually detached, on an estate;
    casa de vecindad tenement house
    2. [hogar] home;
    bienvenido a casa welcome home;
    en casa at home;
    ¿está tu hermano en casa? is your brother at home?;
    me quedé en casa leyendo I stayed at home and read a book;
    en casa se cena pronto we have dinner early at home;
    estar de casa to be casually dressed;
    unas zapatillas de ir por casa slippers for wearing around the house;
    pásate por (mi) casa come round, come over to my place;
    ir a casa to go home;
    irse de casa to leave home;
    me fui de casa a los dieciséis años I left home at sixteen;
    franquear la casa a alguien to open one's home to sb;
    generalmente es la mujer la que lleva la casa it's usually the woman who runs the household;
    no para en casa he's hardly ever at home;
    no tener casa ni hogar to be homeless;
    ponte como en tu casa, estás en tu casa make yourself at home;
    sin casa homeless;
    había varios sin casa durmiendo a la intemperie there were several homeless people sleeping rough;
    hemos recogido a un niño sin casa we've taken in a child from a broken home;
    Esp
    quiere poner casa en Valencia she wants to go and live in Valencia;
    sentirse como en casa to feel at home;
    ser (uno) muy de su casa to be a homebody;
    Fam
    como Pedro por su casa: entra y sale como Pedro por su casa she comes in and out as if she owns the place;
    todo queda en casa: nadie se enterará de tu despiste, todo queda en casa no one will find out about your mistake, we'll keep it between ourselves;
    el padre y el hijo dirigen el negocio, así que todo queda en casa the business is run by father and son, so it's all in the family;
    Esp Fam
    los unos por los otros y la casa sin barrer everybody said they'd do it and nobody did;
    Esp Fam
    esto parece la casa de tócame Roque everyone just does whatever they want in here, it's like Liberty Hall in here;
    cada uno en su casa, y Dios en la de todos = you should mind your own business;
    en casa del herrero cuchillo de palo the shoemaker's wife is always worst shod
    casa mortuoria home of the deceased;
    casa paterna parental home
    3. [familia] family;
    [linaje] house;
    procede de una de las mejores casas de la ciudad she comes from one of the most important families in the city
    Hist la casa de Austria the Hapsburgs; Hist la casa de Borbón the Bourbons;
    casa real royal family
    4. [establecimiento] company;
    este producto lo fabrican varias casas this product is made by several different companies;
    por la compra de un televisor, la casa le regala una radio buy a television and we'll give you a radio for free;
    ¡invita la casa! it's on the house!;
    especialidad/vino de la casa house speciality/wine
    casa de apuestas bookmaker's, Br betting shop; Méx casa de asistencia boarding house;
    casa de banca banking house;
    Com casa central head office;
    casa de citas brothel;
    casa de comidas = cheap restaurant serving simple meals;
    casa discográfica record company;
    casa editorial publishing house;
    casa de empeño pawnshop;
    casa de empeños pawnshop;
    casa exportadora exporter;
    casa de huéspedes Br ≈ guesthouse, US ≈ rooming house;
    casa importadora importer;
    casa de lenocinio house of ill repute;
    Com casa matriz [de empresa] head office; [de grupo de empresas] parent company;
    casa pública brothel;
    muy Fam casa de putas whorehouse;
    casa de subastas auction house, auctioneer's;
    Am casa de tolerancia brothel
    5. [institución, organismo] RP casa bancaria savings bank;
    casa de baños public bathhouse;
    Fin casa de cambio Br bureau de change, US foreign-exchange bureau;
    casa de caridad poorhouse;
    casa consistorial Br town o US city hall;
    casa de correos post office;
    casa cuna [orfanato] foundling home;
    [guardería] nursery;
    casa de Dios house of God;
    CSur casa de estudios educational establishment; Am casa de gobierno = workplace of the head of state, governor, mayor etc;
    casa de locos madhouse;
    Fig
    ¡esto es una casa de locos! this place is a madhouse!;
    casa de la moneda [fábrica] mint;
    casa del pueblo = village social club run by local council;
    casa rectoral rectory;
    casa regional = social club for people from a particular region (in another region or abroad);
    casa religiosa [de monjas] convent;
    [de monjes] monastery; RP casa de reposo rest home; RP casa de salud rest home;
    casa del Señor house of God;
    casa de socorro first-aid station o Br post;
    casa de la villa town hall
    6. CSur
    las casas [en estancia, hacienda] the farmstead
    7. Dep home;
    jugar en casa to play at home;
    jugar fuera de casa to play away (from home);
    el equipo de casa the home team
    8. [en juegos de mesa] home
    9. [casilla de ajedrez, damas] square
    10. casa celeste [en astrología] house
    CASA ROSADA
    Casa Rosada (the “pink house”) in Buenos Aires, is the name of the Argentinian Presidential Palace. Its pink colour was originally chosen (for an earlier building) by president Domingo Sarmiento (1868-74) to represent a combination between the two feuding political traditions of nineteenth century Argentina – red for the Federalists and white for the Unitarians. Argentina's presidents have addressed the people from the balcony of the palace, but the most famous orator to use it was Evita Peron, so there was a huge controversy when film director Alan Parker obtained permission to use the balcony when filming his musical “Evita” in 1997, with Madonna in the title role.
    * * *
    f
    1 house;
    como una casa fam huge fam ;
    comenzar la casa por el tejado fig put the cart before the horse;
    tirar la casa por la ventana spare no expense;
    se me cayó la casa encima fig the bottom fell out of my world
    2 DEP
    :
    jugar en casa play at home;
    jugar fuera de casa play away, play on the road
    3 ( hogar) home;
    en casa at home;
    estás en tu casa make yourself at home;
    de andar por casa ropa for (wearing) around the house; fig: arreglo makeshift;
    llevar la casa run the home;
    ser muy de su casa be a real home-lover;
    todo queda en casa everything stays in the family
    * * *
    casa nf
    1) : house, building
    2) hogar: home
    3) : household, family
    4) : company, firm
    5)
    echar la casa por la ventana : to spare no expense
    * * *
    casa n
    1. (en general) house
    2. (hogar) home
    3. (empresa) company

    Spanish-English dictionary > casa

  • 22 passare

    1. v/i ( trasferirsi) go (in into)
    sports pass
    di legge be passed, pass
    di tempo go by or past, pass
    passare da/per Milano go through Milan
    passare dal panettiere drop by the baker's
    mi è passato di mente it slipped my mind
    passare di moda go out of fashion
    passare inosservato go unnoticed
    2. v/t confine cross
    ( sorpassare) overstep
    ( porgere) pass
    ( trascorrere) spend
    * * *
    passare v. intr.
    1 to pass; ( vicino) to pass by, to go* by, to get* by; ( attraverso) to go* through, to pass through, to get* through: lasciami passare, let me pass; si fece da parte per far passare l'auto, he moved aside to let the car pass; egli passò senza fermarsi, he passed without stopping; per andare a Roma da Milano si passa per Bologna, to go to Rome from Milan you pass through Bologna; la strada passa per il bosco, the road passes (o goes o runs) through the wood; passiamo per il centro?, shall we go (o pass) through the centre?; l'Arno passa da Firenze, the Arno flows through Florence; l'autobus passa davanti alla stazione, the bus goes past the station; passa sotto il ponte e gira a destra, go under the bridge and turn right; in quel cavo passa la corrente, there's electricity in that cable; si abbassò per passare dalla porta, he bent to get through the doorway; per far passare il frigorifero bisogna spostare l'armadio, we'll have to move the cupboard to get the fridge to pass; questa corda è troppo grossa, non ci passa, this string is too thick, it won't go through
    2 ( penetrare) to come* in, to pass through: la luce passava attraverso le persiane, the light came in through the shutters
    3 (trasferirsi da una persona all'altra, da un luogo all'altro) to pass: la palla passava da un giocatore all'altro, the ball passed from one player to the other; passare di padre in figlio, to be handed down (o passed on) from father to son; passare in altre mani, to pass into other hands; passiamo in salotto per il caffè, let's have our coffee in the drawing room // passava da un argomento all'altro con grande facilità, he passed from one subject to another with the greatest of ease // è tempo di passare dalle parole ai fatti, it's time for action (o it's time to pass from words to action)
    4 ( trascorrere) to pass, to elapse, to go* by: i giorni passarono, the days went by; la gioventù passa presto, youth soon passes; man mano che passano gli anni..., as the years go by...; il tempo non passa mai quando si aspetta qlcu., time goes slowly when you're waiting for s.o.; sono già passati due anni, two years have already passed; facciamo una partita a carte tanto per far passare il tempo, let's have a game of cards, just to pass the time
    5 ( cessare) to pass (away), to cease: il mal di denti mi è passato, my toothache has passed off (o gone); la sua collera passò presto, his anger soon passed (o cooled); il temporale è passato, the storm is over (o has passed o has ceased); passare di moda, to go out of fashion // passerà anche questa, it won't last for ever; tutto passa, everything comes to an end; per lui è stato un brutto colpo ma spero gli passerà presto, it was a tough blow for him but I hope he'll get over it quickly // cerca di farti passare il malumore, try to snap out of it
    6 ( andare, venire) to call on (s.o.), to call at (a place): devo passare dal suo ufficio, I must call at his office; passerà di qui fra poco, he will come here soon (o before long); passerò a prenderti, I'll call for you; passerò da te questa sera, I'll drop in (on you) tonight; passare da un cliente, to call on a client; passa a portarmi quel libro, come here and bring me the book
    7 ( diventare) to become*: passò capitano, he was promoted captain
    8 ( essere scambiato per) to be taken for, to pass off as; ( essere reputato) to be believed, to be considered: così vestito potrebbe passare per un prete, dressed like that he could be taken for a priest; lo hanno fatto passare per pazzo, they passed him off as mad; si è fatto passare per un professore di chimica e tutti ci hanno creduto, he passed himself off as a chemistry teacher and everyone believed him; passa per bella, intelligente, she is considered (o thought) beautiful, intelligent; passare per ricco, to be thought rich
    9 ( essere accettato, aver corso) to be passed, to get* through: il progetto di legge passò il mese scorso, the bill was passed last month; passare a un esame, to get through an examination; non è un capolavoro ma può passare, it's not a masterpiece but it'll do
    10 ( intercorrere) to be: passa una gran differenza, there is a great difference
    11 ( di cibi) ( andare a male) to go* bad, to go* off; ( di vino) to turn sour; to turn sweet
    12 ( a carte) to pass
    ◆ v.tr.
    1 ( attraversare) to pass, to cross; ( oltrepassare) to pass, to go* beyond: passare il confine, to pass (o to cross) the border; i fuggitivi sono 11riusciti a passare il fiume, the fugitives succeeded in crossing the river; dopo che hai passato il tabaccaio è la prima casa a destra, when you pass the tobacconist's it's the first house on your right; ho passato l'edicola senza vederla, I went beyond the newstand without seeing it
    2 ( far passare) to pass: passare il filo nell'ago, to pass the thread through the eye of the needle; si fece passare una corda in vita, he passed the rope round his waist
    3 ( essere più di) to be over: quel tipo passa i 2 metri, that fellow is over two metres tall; per me ha passato i 50 anni, I think he's over fifty; questa lettera passa il peso, this letter is overweight
    4 ( trascorrere) to spend*, to pass: dove passerai le vacanze?, where are you going to spend your holidays?; passeremo il Natale insieme, we'll spend (o pass) Christmas together; sta passando un brutto periodo, he's having (o going through) a bad time; ho passato una serata molta bella, I've had a lovely evening; ha passato tre anni in prigione, he spent three years in prison
    5 ( cospargere di) to put*, to spread*: passati un po' di crema in viso, put a bit of cream on your face; passare la cera sul pavimento, to wax the floor
    6 ( pulire) to wipe, to clean; passare uno straccio sulla lavagna, to wipe the blackboard with a cloth; passare lo straccio sul pavimento, to wipe the floor; si passò il fazzoletto sul collo, he mopped (o wiped) his neck with his handkerchief
    7 ( dare) to pass, to give*, to hand: l'albergo non passa la colazione, the hotel does not give breakfast; guarda queste fotografie e passale agli altri, look at these photographs and pass them on to the others; passami il sale, per favore, can you pass me the salt, please?; mi passa un assegno mensile, he gives me a monthly cheque; passare gli alimenti alla moglie, to pay one's wife alimony; (comm.) passare un ordine, to place an order; (sport) passare la palla, to pass the ball
    8 ( sopportare) to undergo*, to pass through (sthg.): ha passato un mucchio di guai, she has gone through (o she has had) a lot of trouble; ne ho passate tante, ne ho passate di tutti i colori, te lo assicuro, I have been through a lot, I can tell you
    9 ( trafiggere) to pass through; to run* through, to transfix: lo passò da parte a parte, he ran him through
    10 ( approvare, promuovere; superare) to pass: ho passato tutti i miei allievi, I have passed all my pupils; passare un progetto di legge, to pass a bill; hai passato l'esame di guida?, did you pass your driving test?
    11 (cuc.) ( setacciare) to sieve; ( al passaverdura) to purée // passa il pesce nella farina prima di friggerlo, flour the fish before frying; passare nell'uovo, to dip in beaten egg; passare gli spinaci nel burro, to sauté the spinach; passare nel pangrattato, to coat with breadcrumbs.
    ◆ FRASEOLOGIA: passare a miglior vita, to pass away // passare inosservato, to go (o to pass) unnoticed // passare di mente, to go out of one's mind; passare per la mente, to cross (o to come into) one's mind // sarà due chili e passa, it's probably two kilos or more; avrà trent'anni e passa, he must be over thirty // non posso passare sopra a così tanti errori, I can't overlook so many mistakes // faccia la coda, non cerchi di passare davanti a tutti, don't try to pass ahead of everyone (o to jump the queue); è passato in testa al gruppo, alla classifica, he moved up to the top // passi la sua ignoranza, ma non la cattiva educazione, I'm prepared to overlook his ignorance but not his bad manners // passa via!, get (o go) away, scram! // passarla liscia, to get away with sthg. (o to get off scot-free) // passarsela bene, male, ( finanziariamente) to be well off, badly off // passar parola, to pass the word on (o round) // passare qlco. sotto silenzio, to pass over sthg. in silence // non gliene passa una, she picks him up on everything ∙ Questo verbo è usato in molte frasi idiomatiche per la cui traduzione si rinvia agli altri elementi. Per esempio: passare per le armi → arma; passare in rivista → rivista; passare dei guai → guaio; passare al setaccio → setaccio ecc.
    * * *
    [pas'sare]
    1. vi (aus essere)
    1) (persona, veicolo) to go by, pass (by)

    siamo passati davanti a casa tua — we went past your house, we walked (o drove) past your house

    2) (fare una breve sosta) to call in, (presso amico) to call o drop in, (postino) to come, call

    passare a casa di qn o da qn — to call o drop in on sb

    passare a trovare/salutare qn — to drop by to see sb/say "hello" to sb

    passare a prendere qc/qn — to come and pick sth/sb up

    passare in banca/ufficio — to call in at the bank/office

    3) (filtrare attraverso: aria, sole, luce) to pass, get through, (acqua) to seep through
    4)

    (trasferirsi) passare da...a — to pass from... to

    passare di padre in figlio — to be handed o passed down o from father to son

    passare ad altro — to change the subject, (in una riunione) to discuss the next item

    passare alla storia — to pass into history, fig to become a legend

    5) (trascorrere: giorni, tempo) to pass, go by
    6) (allontanarsi: temporale, dolore, voglia) to pass, go away

    far passare a qn la voglia di qc/di fare qc — to stifle sb's desire for sth/to do sth

    7) (essere accettato: proposta di legge) to be passed, (candidato) to pass
    9) Carte to pass
    10)
    11)

    (esistere) ci passa una bella differenza tra i 2 quadri — there's a big difference between the 2 pictures

    12)

    passare per uno stupido/un genio — to be taken for a fool/a genius

    passare per buono — to be taken as valid, be accepted

    farsi passare per — to pass o.s. off as, pretend to be

    13)

    passare attraverso, per anche fig — to go through

    passare sopra — to pass over o above, (fig : lasciar correre) to pass over, overlook

    cosa ti passa per la testa? — (a che pensi?) what is going through your mind?, (come puoi pensarlo?) what are you thinking of!

    lasciar passare qn/qc — to let sb/sth through

    far passare qn per o da — to let sb in (o out) by

    2. vt
    1) (attraversare) to cross
    2) (esame) to pass, (dogana) to go through, clear, (visita medica) to have
    3) (approvare) to pass, approve
    4)

    (trafiggere) passare qn/qc da parte a parte — to pass right through sb/sth

    5) (trascorrere) to spend, pass

    non passerà la notte — he (o she) won't survive the night

    6) (oltrepassare, sorpassare) to go beyond, (fig : andare oltre i limiti) to exceed, go beyond

    ha passato la quarantina — he (o she) is over 40

    7) (dare: oggetto) to pass, give, hand, (Sport: palla) to pass

    passare qc a qn — to pass sth to sb, give sb sth, (trasmettere: messaggio) to pass sth (on) to sb

    potresti passarmi il sale? — could you pass me the salt, please?

    passare indietro qc — to pass o give o hand sth back

    mi passi Maria? — (al telefono) can I speak to Maria?

    le passo il signor Rossi — I'm putting you through to Mr Rossi, here's Mr Rossi

    8) (brodo, verdura) to strain
    9)

    passare l'aspirapolvere — to hoover Brit, vacuum Am

    10)

    (fraseologia) passarsela bene/male — to get on well/badly, (economicamente) to manage well/badly

    ne ha passate tante — he's been through a lot, he's had some difficult times

    3. sm

    col passare del tempo... — with the passing of time...

    col passare degli anni — (riferito al presente) as time goes by, (riferito al passato) as time passed o went by

    * * *
    I 1. [pas'sare]
    verbo transitivo
    1) (attraversare) to go* past, to go* across, to get* across, to get* over, to pass, to cross [fiume, ponte]; to go* through, to get* through [ dogana]

    passato il semaforo, giri a destra — turn right after the lights

    2) (infilare) to run*; (trafiggere) to run* through

    passare la corda nell'anello — to pass o run the rope through the ring

    3) (trasferire) to move

    passare qcn. a un altro ufficio — to move sb. to another office

    passare una telefonata a qcn. — to put a call through to sb.

    mi passi il direttore commerciale, per favore — give me the sales manager, please

    glielo passo — I'll put him on, I'm putting you through

    5) (porgere) to hand, to pass [ oggetto]

    passare la palla — sport to feed o pass the ball

    passare le dita su qcs. — to run one's fingers over sth.

    passare uno straccio su qcs. — to run a duster over sth

    7) (trascorrere) to spend*, to pass
    8) (superare) to pass, to get* through [esame, test]; to live out [ inverno]
    9) (approvare) to get* through, to carry, to pass [legge, decreto]
    11) gastr. (con il frullatore) to whizz up; to mash (up), to puree [frutta, verdura]

    passare qcs. al tritacarne — to put sth. through the mincer

    12) (spalmare) to rub [ crema]

    passare gli alimenti — dir. to pay maintenance

    14) rad. telev.

    passare la cinquantina — to be over fifty years old, to be in one's fifties

    2.
    verbo intransitivo (aus. essere)
    1) (transitare) [persona, veicolo] to pass

    riesci a passare? — can you fit o get through?

    passando per o da by way of; passare per il centro della città, davanti alla scuola to go through the town centre, past the school; andare in Polonia passando per la Germania to travel through Germany to Poland; passare per i campi to cut across the fields; l'autobus è appena passato the bus has just gone; passate da quella porta go straight through that door; passare dalla scala di servizio — to use the backstairs o service stairs AE

    passare per — [ strada] to go through; (scorrere) [ acqua] to flow through

    3) (andare momentaneamente) to drop in, to drop round, to pop in BE colloq.

    passare da — to call at [ negozio]; to call (in) on [amico, parente]; to go round to [scuola, ufficio]

    passare a prendere qcn., qcs. — to pick sb., sth. up

    4) (penetrare) to get* through

    fare passare — to let in [acqua, luce]

    passare inosservato — to go o pass unnoticed

    6) (spostarsi) to go*, to move

    passare davanti a qcn. in una coda — to cut in front of sb. in a queue

    non mi era mai passato per la testa che... — it never crossed o entered my mind that

    8) (essere trasferito, trasmesso) [ proprietà] to pass; [ titolo] to pass down

    passare di padre in figlio, di generazione in generazione — to be handed down from father to son, from generation to generation

    9) (variare, cambiare) to change

    passare al (campo) nemico — to desert to the enemy camp, to go over to the enemy

    10) fig. (procedere) to go* on, to move on, to pass on

    passare all'offensiva — to go on o take the offensive

    passare alle vie di fatto — to use force, to come to blows

    11) (essere approvato) [legge, regolamento] to go* through
    13) (cessare) [crisi, sentimento] to pass; [dolore, effetto] to pass off, to subside; [ temporale] to blow* itself out, to blow* over, to spend* itself, to die out; [amore, rabbia] to die

    passerà — it'll pass, things will get better

    14) (trascorrere) [ tempo] to draw* on, to go* (by), to pass

    passarono tre ore prima che... — three hours went by before

    farne passare di tutti colori a qcn. — to put sb. through the mill

    passare sopra a — to overlook, to pass over [comportamento, errore]

    passi per i giovani, ma... — that's all right for young people but...

    per questa volta passi — I'll let you off o I'll turn a blind eye this time, this time I'll let it go

    mi era completamente passato di mente — it went right o clean o completely out of my mind

    fare passare qcn. per bugiardo — to make sb. out to be a liar

    20) (intercorrere) to pass between
    3.
    verbo pronominale passarsi
    1) (far scivolare) to run*, to draw*
    ••

    passare parola — to spread o pass the word

    come te la passi? — how are things, how are you getting along?

    passarsela male — to have a hard o bad time, to go through the o jump through hoops

    passare a miglior vita — eufem. to pass away

    II [pas'sare]
    sostantivo maschile passage, passing

    con il passare degli anni — with the passing of the years, as years go by

    * * *
    passare1
    /pas'sare/ [1]
     1 (attraversare) to go* past, to go* across, to get* across, to get* over, to pass, to cross [fiume, ponte]; to go* through, to get* through [ dogana]; passato il semaforo, giri a destra turn right after the lights
     2 (infilare) to run*; (trafiggere) to run* through; passare la corda nell'anello to pass o run the rope through the ring
     3 (trasferire) to move; passare qcn. a un altro ufficio to move sb. to another office
     4 (al telefono) passare una telefonata a qcn. to put a call through to sb.; mi passi il direttore commerciale, per favore give me the sales manager, please; glielo passo I'll put him on, I'm putting you through
     5 (porgere) to hand, to pass [ oggetto]; passami il piatto pass me your plate; potete (fare) passare il sale? could you pass the salt along please? passare la palla sport to feed o pass the ball
     6 (far scorrere) passare le dita su qcs. to run one's fingers over sth.; passare uno straccio su qcs. to run a duster over sth.
     7 (trascorrere) to spend*, to pass; passare una bella giornata to have a nice day; passare la giornata a fare to spend the day doing; passare un brutto momento to have a thin time of it
     8 (superare) to pass, to get* through [esame, test]; to live out [ inverno]
     9 (approvare) to get* through, to carry, to pass [legge, decreto]
     10 (perdonare) non me ne passa una he doesn't let me get away with anything
     11 gastr. (con il frullatore) to whizz up; to mash (up), to puree [frutta, verdura]; passare qcs. al tritacarne to put sth. through the mincer
     12 (spalmare) to rub [ crema]; passare la cera sul tavolo to wax the table
     13 (pagare) passare gli alimenti dir. to pay maintenance
     14 rad. telev. passo! over; passo e chiudo! over and out! passiamo ora la linea ai nostri studi di Roma now over to our Rome studios
     15 (oltrepassare) passare la cinquantina to be over fifty years old, to be in one's fifties; hai proprio passato il limite! you're way out of line! colloq.
     (aus. essere)
     1 (transitare) [persona, veicolo] to pass; riesci a passare? can you fit o get through? passando per o da by way of; passare per il centro della città, davanti alla scuola to go through the town centre, past the school; andare in Polonia passando per la Germania to travel through Germany to Poland; passare per i campi to cut across the fields; l'autobus è appena passato the bus has just gone; passate da quella porta go straight through that door; passare dalla scala di servizio to use the backstairs o service stairs AE
     2 (snodarsi) passare per [ strada] to go through; (scorrere) [ acqua] to flow through
     3 (andare momentaneamente) to drop in, to drop round, to pop in BE colloq.; passare da to call at [ negozio]; to call (in) on [amico, parente]; to go round to [scuola, ufficio]; devi passare a trovarci you must come by and see us; passare a prendere qcn., qcs. to pick sb., sth. up; passerà oggi he's coming round today; sono solo passata a salutare I've just popped in to say hello
     4 (penetrare) to get* through; fare passare to let in [acqua, luce]
     5 (svolgersi) passare inosservato to go o pass unnoticed
     6 (spostarsi) to go*, to move; passare dalla sala da pranzo in salotto to move from the dining room to the lounge; passare davanti a qcn. in una coda to cut in front of sb. in a queue
     7 (pensare) dire quello che passa per la mente to say things off the top of one's head; mi domando cosa le passi per la testa I wonder what's going on in her head; non mi era mai passato per la testa che... it never crossed o entered my mind that...
     8 (essere trasferito, trasmesso) [ proprietà] to pass; [ titolo] to pass down; passare alla storia come to go down in history as; passare di padre in figlio, di generazione in generazione to be handed down from father to son, from generation to generation
     9 (variare, cambiare) to change; passare dal riscaldamento a gas a quello elettrico to change over from gas to electric heating; passare sotto il controllo dell'ONU to be taken over by the UN; passare al (campo) nemico to desert to the enemy camp, to go over to the enemy
     10 fig. (procedere) to go* on, to move on, to pass on; passiamo ad altro let's move on; passare all'offensiva to go on o take the offensive; passare alle vie di fatto to use force, to come to blows
     11 (essere approvato) [legge, regolamento] to go* through
     12 (essere ammesso) [ candidato] to pass; passare alla classe superiore to go up a class; è passato generale he's been promoted to general
     13 (cessare) [crisi, sentimento] to pass; [dolore, effetto] to pass off, to subside; [ temporale] to blow* itself out, to blow* over, to spend* itself, to die out; [amore, rabbia] to die; passerà it'll pass, things will get better; gli passerà he'll get over it; questo mal di testa non vuole passare! this headache just won't go away! mi è passata la voglia di giocare I don't feel like playing any more
     14 (trascorrere) [ tempo] to draw* on, to go* (by), to pass; sono appena passate le sei it's just gone six o'clock; passarono tre ore prima che... three hours went by before...
     15 (sopportare) farne passare di tutti colori a qcn. to put sb. through the mill; dopo tutto quello che mi hai fatto passare after all you've put me through; ci siamo passati tutti we've all gone through it
     16 (chiudere un occhio) lasciare passare to let it pass; passare sopra a to overlook, to pass over [comportamento, errore]; passi per i giovani, ma... that's all right for young people but...; per questa volta passi I'll let you off o I'll turn a blind eye this time, this time I'll let it go
     17 (dimenticare) mi era completamente passato di mente it went right o clean o completely out of my mind
     18 (essere considerato) passare per un genio to pass for a genius; fare passare qcn. per bugiardo to make sb. out to be a liar
     19 (spacciarsi) facendosi passare per un poliziotto impersonating a o posing as a policeman
     20 (intercorrere) to pass between; che differenza passa tra i due? what's the difference between the two?
    III passarsi verbo pronominale
     1 (far scivolare) to run*, to draw*; - rsi il pettine tra i capelli to run a comb through one's hair; - rsi un fazzoletto sulla fronte to draw a handkerchief across one's forehead; si passò la mano sul viso he passed his hand over his face
     2 (reciprocamente) - rsi documenti to exchange documents; - rsi la palla to throw a ball around
    passare parola to spread o pass the word; come te la passi? how are things, how are you getting along? passarsela bene to be well off; passarsela male to have a hard o bad time, to go through the o jump through hoops; non mi passa più! there's no end to it! non la passerai liscia! you'll never get away with it! passare a miglior vita eufem. to pass away.
    ————————
    passare2
    /pas'sare/
    sostantivo m.
    passage, passing; con il passare degli anni with the passing of the years, as years go by; con il passare delle ore as the day progressed.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > passare

  • 23 a tope

    adv.
    as much as possible.
    * * *
    argot (al límite) flat out 2 (lleno) jam-packed, chock-a-block 3 (estupendo) terrific 4 (música) full blast
    * * *
    (v.) = packed to capacity, in the fast lane, fast lane, choc-a-block, chock-full, in full swing, in full gear, packed to the rafters
    Ex. His small foreign-made car strained with the added burden of an interior packed to capacity with personal belongings and a heavily laden U-Haul trailor attached to the rear.
    Ex. The article 'A charmed brew: document delivery and collection in the fast lane' examines the implications of the proliferation of document delivery services and types of access available for librarians.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'The news librarians: fast lane information professionals' = El artículo se titula "Los documentalistas de los medios de comunicación: profesionales de la información a toda pastilla".
    Ex. The library was choc-a-block with celebrities and children as they swarmed to see the signing of the new Harry Potter book by its author.
    Ex. Herbal cancer remedy is chock-full of drugs.
    Ex. And when the New Year celebrations were in full swing at the moment Britain entered the Community, how many people remember raising their glasses to Europe?.
    Ex. Christmas is merely three weeks away, even if the commercialized aspect of the holidays have been in full gear for over two weeks now.
    Ex. The local church was packed to the rafters for the funeral of a much-loved parish priest who died last month aged 69.
    * * *
    (v.) = packed to capacity, in the fast lane, fast lane, choc-a-block, chock-full, in full swing, in full gear, packed to the rafters

    Ex: His small foreign-made car strained with the added burden of an interior packed to capacity with personal belongings and a heavily laden U-Haul trailor attached to the rear.

    Ex: The article 'A charmed brew: document delivery and collection in the fast lane' examines the implications of the proliferation of document delivery services and types of access available for librarians.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'The news librarians: fast lane information professionals' = El artículo se titula "Los documentalistas de los medios de comunicación: profesionales de la información a toda pastilla".
    Ex: The library was choc-a-block with celebrities and children as they swarmed to see the signing of the new Harry Potter book by its author.
    Ex: Herbal cancer remedy is chock-full of drugs.
    Ex: And when the New Year celebrations were in full swing at the moment Britain entered the Community, how many people remember raising their glasses to Europe?.
    Ex: Christmas is merely three weeks away, even if the commercialized aspect of the holidays have been in full gear for over two weeks now.
    Ex: The local church was packed to the rafters for the funeral of a much-loved parish priest who died last month aged 69.

    Spanish-English dictionary > a tope

  • 24 congregación

    f.
    congregation, crowd, assembly of people, assembly.
    * * *
    1 (reunión) assembly
    2 RELIGIÓN congregation
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=asamblea) gathering, assembly; (=sociedad) brotherhood, guild
    2) (Rel) congregation
    * * *
    1) ( junta) assembly, meeting
    2) ( orden religiosa) order; ( en el Vaticano) congregation
    * * *
    = congregation, flock, convening, concourse.
    Ex. The public library's sole reason for being is to help people get along in the world, to help school children get better grades, to help preachers write better sermons that will keep the congregation awake, to help newspapermen find facts.
    Ex. The priest is just another body, however, a dark blot on the landscape, a mere spectator who becomes transparent in the eyes of his flock.
    Ex. Convenings are one day events that focus on a specific substantive issue.
    Ex. The remains were followed by a large concourse of people and were laid to rest in the Catholic cemetery, near Bancroft Nebraska.
    ----
    * referido a una congregación de feligreses = congregational.
    * * *
    1) ( junta) assembly, meeting
    2) ( orden religiosa) order; ( en el Vaticano) congregation
    * * *
    = congregation, flock, convening, concourse.

    Ex: The public library's sole reason for being is to help people get along in the world, to help school children get better grades, to help preachers write better sermons that will keep the congregation awake, to help newspapermen find facts.

    Ex: The priest is just another body, however, a dark blot on the landscape, a mere spectator who becomes transparent in the eyes of his flock.
    Ex: Convenings are one day events that focus on a specific substantive issue.
    Ex: The remains were followed by a large concourse of people and were laid to rest in the Catholic cemetery, near Bancroft Nebraska.
    * referido a una congregación de feligreses = congregational.

    * * *
    A (junta) assembly, meeting
    B
    2 (en el Vaticano) congregation
    Compuesto:
    la congregación de los fieles the Roman Catholic Church
    * * *

    congregación sustantivo femenino congregation
    ' congregación' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    hipnótica
    - hipnótico
    English:
    sisterhood
    * * *
    1. [junta] gathering, assembly
    2. [de laicos] order
    la congregación de los fieles the Roman Catholic Church
    3. [en el Vaticano] congregation
    Congregación para la Doctrina de la Fe Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith
    * * *
    f REL congregation
    * * *
    congregación nf, pl - ciones : congregation, gathering

    Spanish-English dictionary > congregación

  • 25 responsable

    adj.
    responsible.
    responsable de responsible for
    hacerse responsable de to take responsibility for; (responsabilizarse de) to claim responsibility for (atentado, secuestro)
    f. & m.
    1 person responsible.
    los responsables those responsible
    tú eres el responsable de… you're responsible for…
    2 person in charge (encargado).
    soy el responsable de la sección de ventas I'm in charge of the sales department
    * * *
    1 responsible
    1 (encargado) person in charge
    2 (de un crimen) perpetrator, culprit, person responsible
    \
    hacerse responsable de algo to assume responsibility for something
    * * *
    adj.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=sensato) responsible
    2) (=encargado) responsible, in charge

    la persona responsable del departamento — the person in charge of the department, the person responsible for the department

    3) (=culpable) responsible

    • hacer a algn responsable de algo — to hold sb responsible for sth

    • hacerse responsable de algo — to take responsibility for sth

    2. SMF
    1) (=culpable)
    2) (=encargado)
    * * *
    I
    1) [SER]
    a) ( concienzudo) responsible
    b) ( de tarea)
    2) ( culpable) responsible; ( con obligación de indemnizar) liable

    responsable DE algo — responsible/liable for something

    eres responsable ante mí del resultado — you're answerable o accountable to me for the result

    II
    masculino y femenino
    a) ( de tarea)
    b) (de delito, accidente)

    los responsables serán castigados — those responsible o the people responsible will be punished

    * * *
    I
    1) [SER]
    a) ( concienzudo) responsible
    b) ( de tarea)
    2) ( culpable) responsible; ( con obligación de indemnizar) liable

    responsable DE algo — responsible/liable for something

    eres responsable ante mí del resultado — you're answerable o accountable to me for the result

    II
    masculino y femenino
    a) ( de tarea)
    b) (de delito, accidente)

    los responsables serán castigados — those responsible o the people responsible will be punished

    * * *
    responsable1
    1 = manager [manageress, -fem.], official, overseer, person-in-charge, chair, chairman [chairmen, pl.], chairperson [chairpersons, -pl.], chairwoman [chairwomen, pl.].
    Nota: Femenino.

    Ex: Such hosts are more likely to be accessed by end-users such as economists and managers, than information workers.

    Ex: See also reference tracings include related headings such as personal and corporate headings for officials, pseudonyms used as uniform headings, etc.
    Ex: At the top of the hierarchy would be the high officials and their families: the vizier, the overseer of the treasury, and the first priest.
    Ex: Every fax machine is to be assigned to a person-in-charge who will have the responsibility of distributing incoming fax messages to recipients.
    Ex: Once elected, the chair is responsible for maintaining discipline and ensuring that all students are treated fairly.
    Ex: As head of a committee, and being recognized as such, it's perfectly all right with me if I'm called the chairman rather than the chairwoman.
    Ex: Special thanks to the ISAD Program Planning Committee, in particular its chairperson, for the conceptual organization.
    Ex: As head of a committee, and being recognized as such, it's perfectly all right with me if I'm called the chairman rather than the chairwoman.
    * responsable de asuntos económicos = financial officer.
    * responsable de bibliotecas = library official.
    * responsable de la biblioteca = library manager.
    * responsable de la comunicación = communication scientist.
    * responsable de la conservación = preservation officer.
    * responsable de la gestión de documentos = record(s) manager.
    * responsable de la gestión documental = record(s) manager.
    * responsable del archivo parroquial = parish clerk.
    * responsable de la selección = selector.
    * responsable de la tecnología de la información = information technologist.
    * responsable del personal de la biblioteca = library personnel officer.
    * responsable del servicio de emergencias = emergency official.
    * responsable del servicio de referencia = reference administrator.
    * responsable del sistema = system programmer.
    * responsable de recursos humanos = human resource manager.
    * responsable de seguridad = safety official.
    * responsable de tomar decisiones = decision maker [decision-maker], policy maker [policy-maker/policymaker].
    * responsable de ventas = sales manager.
    * responsable político = government official.
    * responsable público = public authority.
    * responsables de la política científica = science policy makers.
    * responsables, los = people in charge, the.

    responsable2
    2 = accountable, parent, responsible.

    Ex: This is because the chief librarian is personally accountable to the next higher level of authority such as the mayor, the city council, the hospital director, or the university president.

    Ex: Library schools must build bridges such as joint programmes and joint professorships that link them with their parent academic institution.
    Ex: As a mature, responsible professional I was acting quite within the bounds of proper professional behavior.
    * hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.
    * hacer responsable = assume + responsibilitiy (for).
    * hacerse responsable = assume + role.
    * responsable ante = answerable to.
    * responsable de = charged with.
    * responsable de (+ Infinitivo) = responsible for (+ Gerundio).
    * ser responsable = hold + liable.
    * ser responsable ante la ley = be criminally liable.
    * ser responsable de Algo = be held to account.

    * * *
    A [ SER]
    1 (serio, concienzudo) responsible
    2 (de una tarea) responsable DE algo responsible FOR sth
    las personas responsables de vigilar la entrada the people responsible for watching the entrance
    responsable por daños liable for damages
    responsable DE algo responsible/liable FOR sth
    te hago responsable de lo que pueda pasar I am holding you responsible for what happens
    no es responsable de sus actos he's not responsible for his actions
    eres responsable ante mí del resultado you're answerable o accountable to me for the result
    nadie se ha hecho responsable del atentado no one has claimed responsibility for the attack
    1
    (de una tarea): el responsable del área de auditoría the head of audits, the person responsible for o in charge of audits
    2
    (de un delito, accidente): los responsables serán castigados those responsible o the people responsible will be punished
    * * *

     

    responsable adjetivo [SER] ( concienzudo) responsible;
    responsable DE algo ‹de tarea/error› responsible for sth;
    ( culpable) responsible for sth;
    ‹de accidente/delito› liable for sth;

    ■ sustantivo masculino y femenino: el responsable de ventas the person responsible for sales;
    los responsables serán castigados those responsible will be punished
    responsable
    I adjetivo
    1 responsible
    (sensato, cuidadoso): un niño muy responsable, a very responsible boy
    2 (encargado) hablé con la persona responsable de la seguridad, I talked to the person in charge of security
    3 (de una falta, delito, etc) liable: el conductor responsable del atropello será encarcelado, the driver responsible for the accident will be jailed
    II mf
    1 (en un establecimiento, una oficina, etc) the person in charge
    2 (de otra persona, de una acción) responsible person
    (de un delito, accidente, etc) perpetrator, culprit: los responsables del incendio se entregaron a la policía, the persons responsible for the fire turned themselves in to the police

    ' responsable' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    cabeza
    - encargada
    - encargado
    - sino
    - solvente
    - artífice
    - consciente
    - fiar
    - formal
    - prudente
    English:
    accountable
    - amenable
    - fall
    - liable
    - management
    - responsible
    - sound
    - transpire
    - unaccountable
    - answerable
    - charge
    - directly
    - editor
    - reliable
    - solicitor
    * * *
    ♦ adj
    1. [de algo] responsible (de for); Der liable;
    soy responsable de mis actos I'm responsible for my actions;
    fue responsable del accidente he was responsible for the accident;
    hacerse responsable de [responsabilizarse de] to take responsibility for;
    [atentado, secuestro] to claim responsibility for
    2. [sensato] responsible;
    es muy responsable she's very responsible
    ♦ nmf
    1. [culpable, autor] person responsible;
    Der liable person;
    los responsables those responsible/liable;
    tú eres el responsable de… you're responsible/liable for…
    2. [encargado] person in charge;
    soy el responsable de la sección de ventas I'm in charge of the sales department
    * * *
    I adj responsible (de for)
    II m/f person responsible (de for);
    los responsables del crimen those responsible for the crime
    * * *
    : responsible
    * * *
    responsable1 adj responsible
    responsable2 n person in charge

    Spanish-English dictionary > responsable

  • 26 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 27 unir

    v.
    1 to join (juntar) (pedazos, habitaciones).
    unió los dos palos con una cuerda he joined o tied the two sticks together with a piece of string
    Ellos unieron las telas They joined the fabrics.
    Ellos unieron los equipos They merged the teams.
    2 to connect, to link (comunicar) (ciudades, terminales, aparatos).
    El cable une la tubería The wire connects the tubing.
    3 to combine.
    en su obra une belleza y técnica her work combines beauty with technique
    unir algo a algo to add something to something
    4 to draw together, to assemble, to unify.
    El amor une a las personas Love draws people together.
    * * *
    1 (juntar) to unite, join, join together
    2 (combinar) to combine (a, with)
    3 (enlazar) to link (a, to)
    \
    unirse en matrimonio formal to unite in marriage
    * * *
    verb
    to unite, join, link
    - unirse a
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=acercar)
    a) [+ grupos, tendencias, pueblos] to unite
    b) [sentimientos] to unite
    c) [lazos] to link, bind
    2) (=atar) [contrato] to bind
    3) (=asociar, agrupar) to combine

    el esquí de fondo une dos actividades: montañismo y esquí — cross-country skiing combines two activities: mountaineering and skiing

    4) (=conectar) [carretera, vuelo, ferrocarril] to link ( con with)
    5) [+ objetos, piezas] [gen] to join, join together; [con pegamento, celo] to stick together; [con clavos, puntas] to fasten together
    6) (Culin) [+ líquidos] to mix; [+ salsa] to blend
    7) (Com) [+ compañías, intereses] to merge
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < cables> to join; (con cola, pegamento) to stick... together; < esfuerzos> to combine

    los unió en matrimonio — (frml) he joined them in matrimony (frml)

    b) sentimientos/intereses to unite

    unida sentimentalmente a... — (period) romantically involved with...

    c) <características/cualidades/estilos> to combine
    2) ( comunicar) < lugares> to link
    3) ( fusionar) <empresas/organizaciones> to merge
    4) < salsa> to mix
    2.
    unirse v pron
    1)
    a) ( aliarse) personas/colectividades to join together
    b) características/cualidades to combine
    2) ( juntarse) caminos to converge, meet
    3) ( fusionarse) empresas/organizaciones to merge
    * * *
    = aggregate, bridge, connect, join together, link, marry, string, unite, confound, piece together, weld into/together, splice, bundle, pool, band, bind + Nombre + together, knit, knit, federate, conjoin, cement.
    Ex. You have attempted to aggregate the UDC class number incorrectly.
    Ex. BLAISE offers a variety of services bridging the cataloguing and information retrieval functions.
    Ex. Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.
    Ex. A portfolio is a container for holding loose materials, e.g. paintings, drawings, papers, unbound sections of a book, and similar materials, consisting of two covers joined together at the back.
    Ex. These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.
    Ex. At that time OCLC was already going strong, and we tried to find some backing from the State of New York and possibly from the federal government to marry those two systems.
    Ex. There is no question of stringing together simple concepts in a preferred citation order to produce a single index description of the summarized subject content of a document.
    Ex. It has become increasingly difficult to unite both categories in one union and demands for a trade union of library employees have been raised.
    Ex. The confounding of opposites is also common though, again, care has to be taken to see that we do not confound two subjects on which extensive literature exists.
    Ex. During his stay in Laputa, Captain Gulliver was very impressed by a book-writing machine which produced fragments of sentences which were dictated to scribes and later pieced together.
    Ex. The Department of Trade and Industry has undergone many changes over the years; it has been split into two separate departments and welded together again.
    Ex. A filmloop is a short length of film enclosed in a cassette and with the end of the film spliced on to the beginning so that it requires no rewinding.
    Ex. CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.
    Ex. The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.
    Ex. The author advises banding retention policies to focus on a few clear options.
    Ex. People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.
    Ex. I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.
    Ex. I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.
    Ex. The usefulness of the many online periodicals and scientific digital libraries that exist today is limited by the inability to federate these resources through a unified interface.
    Ex. The grotesque is an effect achieved by conjoining disparate framents which do not realistically belong together.
    Ex. An in-house bulletin may serve to cement firm relationships with the library's personnel.
    ----
    * conseguir unir = rally.
    * unir a = tie (to), couple with.
    * unir esfuerzos = join + hands.
    * unir fuerzas = join + forces, pool + forces.
    * unir inextricablemente = interweave.
    * unir mediante espigas = tenon.
    * unir mediante hiperenlaces = hotlink [hot-link].
    * unir mediante mortaja = mortise.
    * unirse = come together, partner, bond, stand up as + one.
    * unirse a = ally with, join, hop on, join + Posesivo + ranks.
    * unirse a una conversación = chime in.
    * unirse en matrimonio = tie + the knot.
    * unir sin solapar = butt together.
    * volverse a unir a = rejoin.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < cables> to join; (con cola, pegamento) to stick... together; < esfuerzos> to combine

    los unió en matrimonio — (frml) he joined them in matrimony (frml)

    b) sentimientos/intereses to unite

    unida sentimentalmente a... — (period) romantically involved with...

    c) <características/cualidades/estilos> to combine
    2) ( comunicar) < lugares> to link
    3) ( fusionar) <empresas/organizaciones> to merge
    4) < salsa> to mix
    2.
    unirse v pron
    1)
    a) ( aliarse) personas/colectividades to join together
    b) características/cualidades to combine
    2) ( juntarse) caminos to converge, meet
    3) ( fusionarse) empresas/organizaciones to merge
    * * *
    = aggregate, bridge, connect, join together, link, marry, string, unite, confound, piece together, weld into/together, splice, bundle, pool, band, bind + Nombre + together, knit, knit, federate, conjoin, cement.

    Ex: You have attempted to aggregate the UDC class number incorrectly.

    Ex: BLAISE offers a variety of services bridging the cataloguing and information retrieval functions.
    Ex: Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.
    Ex: A portfolio is a container for holding loose materials, e.g. paintings, drawings, papers, unbound sections of a book, and similar materials, consisting of two covers joined together at the back.
    Ex: These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.
    Ex: At that time OCLC was already going strong, and we tried to find some backing from the State of New York and possibly from the federal government to marry those two systems.
    Ex: There is no question of stringing together simple concepts in a preferred citation order to produce a single index description of the summarized subject content of a document.
    Ex: It has become increasingly difficult to unite both categories in one union and demands for a trade union of library employees have been raised.
    Ex: The confounding of opposites is also common though, again, care has to be taken to see that we do not confound two subjects on which extensive literature exists.
    Ex: During his stay in Laputa, Captain Gulliver was very impressed by a book-writing machine which produced fragments of sentences which were dictated to scribes and later pieced together.
    Ex: The Department of Trade and Industry has undergone many changes over the years; it has been split into two separate departments and welded together again.
    Ex: A filmloop is a short length of film enclosed in a cassette and with the end of the film spliced on to the beginning so that it requires no rewinding.
    Ex: CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.
    Ex: The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.
    Ex: The author advises banding retention policies to focus on a few clear options.
    Ex: People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.
    Ex: I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.
    Ex: I want to knit that to another Internet format, which is the Web log -- the 'blog'.
    Ex: The usefulness of the many online periodicals and scientific digital libraries that exist today is limited by the inability to federate these resources through a unified interface.
    Ex: The grotesque is an effect achieved by conjoining disparate framents which do not realistically belong together.
    Ex: An in-house bulletin may serve to cement firm relationships with the library's personnel.
    * conseguir unir = rally.
    * unir a = tie (to), couple with.
    * unir esfuerzos = join + hands.
    * unir fuerzas = join + forces, pool + forces.
    * unir inextricablemente = interweave.
    * unir mediante espigas = tenon.
    * unir mediante hiperenlaces = hotlink [hot-link].
    * unir mediante mortaja = mortise.
    * unirse = come together, partner, bond, stand up as + one.
    * unirse a = ally with, join, hop on, join + Posesivo + ranks.
    * unirse a una conversación = chime in.
    * unirse en matrimonio = tie + the knot.
    * unir sin solapar = butt together.
    * volverse a unir a = rejoin.

    * * *
    unir [I1 ]
    vt
    A
    1
    «persona»: unió los trozos con un pegamento she stuck the pieces together with glue
    unió los cables con cinta aislante he joined the wires with insulating tape
    ha unido dos estilos muy diferentes he has combined two very different styles
    el sacerdote los unió en matrimonio ( frml); the priest joined them in matrimony ( frml)
    unamos nuestros esfuerzos let us combine our efforts
    2 «sentimientos/intereses» to unite
    los unía el deseo de … they were united by their desire to …
    los une su afición al deporte their love of sport binds them together o acts as a bond between them o unites them
    el amor que nos une the love which unites us
    unida sentimentalmente a … ( period); romantically involved with …
    3 ‹características/cualidades› unir algo A algo to combine sth WITH sth
    une a su inteligencia una gran madurez he combines intelligence with great maturity
    B (comunicar) to link
    la nueva carretera une los dos pueblos the new road links the two towns
    el puente aéreo que une las dos ciudades the shuttle service which runs between o links the two cities
    C ‹salsa› to mix
    ■ unirse
    A
    1 (aliarse) «personas/colectividades» to join together
    se unieron para hacer un frente común they joined forces o united in a common cause
    los dos países se unieron en una federación the two countries joined together to form a federation
    se unieron en matrimonio they were married, they were joined in matrimony ( frml)
    varias empresas se unieron para formar un consorcio several companies joined together o came together o combined to form a consortium
    unirse A algo:
    se unió a nuestra causa he joined our cause
    2 «características/cualidades» to combine
    en él se unen la ambición y el orgullo ambition and pride come together o combine in him, he combines ambition with pride
    a su belleza se une una gran simpatía her beauty is combined with a very likable personality
    B (juntarse) «caminos» to converge, meet
    donde el tráfico del oeste se une con el del norte where traffic from the west converges with o meets traffic from the north
    * * *

     

    unir ( conjugate unir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹ cables› to join;

    (con cola, pegamento) to stick … together;
    ‹ esfuerzos› to combine
    b) [sentimientos/intereses] to unite

    c) ‹características/cualidades/estilos› to combine;

    unir algo a algo to combine sth with sth
    2 ( comunicar) ‹ lugares› to link
    3 ( fusionar) ‹empresas/organizaciones› to merge
    unirse verbo pronominal
    1 ( aliarse) [personas/colectividades] to join together;

    2 ( juntarse) [ caminos] to converge, meet
    3 ( fusionarse) [empresas/organizaciones] to merge
    unir verbo transitivo
    1 (cables, conexiones) to join, unite
    2 (esfuerzos, intereses) to join
    (asociar, fusionar) unieron sus empresas, they merged their companies
    3 (comunicar) to link: ese camino une las dos aldeas, that path links the two villages
    ' unir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acercar
    - casar
    - empalmar
    - fundir
    - juntar
    - ligar
    - remachar
    - vincular
    English:
    bond
    - cement
    - connect
    - couple
    - join
    - join up
    - link
    - neither
    - screw together
    - stick together
    - unite
    - yoke
    - amalgamate
    - bring
    - marry
    - reunite
    - splice
    - unify
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [juntar] [pedazos, piezas, habitaciones] to join;
    [empresas, estados, facciones] to unite; Informát [archivos] to merge;
    unió los dos palos con una cuerda he joined o tied the two sticks with a piece of string;
    debemos unir fuerzas we must combine forces
    2. [relacionar] [personas]
    aquella experiencia les unió mucho that experience made them very close;
    les une una fuerte amistad they are very close friends, they share a very close friendship;
    les une su pasión por la música they share a passion for music;
    los lazos que nos unen the ties that bind us;
    Formal
    unir a dos personas en (santo) matrimonio to join two people in (holy) matrimony
    3. [comunicar] [ciudades, terminales, aparatos] to connect, to link;
    la línea férrea que une la capital a o [m5] con la costa the railway o US railroad between o which links the capital and the coast
    4. [combinar] to combine;
    en su obra une belleza y técnica her work combines beauty with technique;
    unir algo a algo [añadir] to add sth to sth;
    a la desinformación hay que unir también el desinterés de la gente in addition to the lack of information, we have to take into account people's lack of interest
    5. [mezclar] to mix o blend in;
    una la mantequilla con el azúcar cream together the butter and the sugar
    * * *
    v/t
    1 join
    2 personas unite
    3 características combine ( con with)
    4 ciudades link
    * * *
    unir vt
    1) juntar: to unite, to join, to link
    2) combinar: to combine, to blend
    * * *
    unir vb
    1. (juntar) to join
    2. (comunicar) to link
    3. (relacionar) to unite

    Spanish-English dictionary > unir

  • 28 γίνομαι

    γίνομαι (in the form γίγνομαι [s. below] Hom.+; as γίν. since Aristot.+; and s. Kühner-Bl. II p. 391; Schwyzer I 215; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 126; Mayser p. 165 and lit. there). Impf. ἐγινόμην; fut. γενήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐγενόμην, 3 sg. opt. γένοιτο; very rare v.l. (B-D-F §81, 3) γενάμενος (GJs 6:1; 16;1; 25:1 [s. deStrycker 249]; also found in Ps.-Callisth. 1, 20, 1; 1, 41, 11; ApcEsdr 1:3 p. 24, 7 Tdf.; Mel., P. 49, 346 [Bodm.]). Pass.: fut. ptc. τῶν γενηθησομένων (Eccl 1:11 v.l.); 1 aor. ἐγενήθην (Doric, H. Gk.; Phryn. 108 Lob.; pap fr. III B.C., Mayser I/22 ’38, 157f [w. lit.]; ins [Schweizer 181; Nachmanson 168; Thieme 13]; LXX), impv. γενηθήτω; pf. γεγένημαι (Meisterhans3-Schw.: Att. ins since 376 B.C.; Mayser 391) uncontested use in NT only J 2:9; GJs 24:3 (γεγένν-pap); apolog. On pf. γέγονα s. Meisterhans3-Schw.: since 464 B.C.; Mayser 372; on the aoristic use of γέγονα s. Mlt. 145f; 238; 239; PChantraine, Histoire du parfait grec 1927, 233–45; 3 pl. γέγοναν Ro 16:7 (v.l. γεγόνασιν) and Rv 21:6; s. KBuresch, Γέγοναν: RhM 46, 1891, 193ff; Mlt. 52 n.; ptc. γεγονώς; plpf. 3 sg. ἐγεγόνει (1 Macc. 4:27; 2 Macc. 13:17; J 6:17; Just.), without augment γεγόνει (Ac 4:22; v.l. ἐγεγόνει), s. B-D-F §78; Mlt-H. 190. On the variation γίνομαι and γίγνομαι s. W-S. §5, 31; B-D-F §34, 4; Mlt-H. 108. A verb with numerous nuances relating to being and manner of being. Its contrast to the more static term εἰμί can be seen in Kaibel 595, 5 οὐκ ἤμην καὶ ἐγενόμην=I was not and then I came to be (cp. Ath. 4, 2 in 3 below).
    ① to come into being through process of birth or natural production, be born, be produced (SIG 1168, 6; Epict. 2, 17, 8; Wsd 7:3; Sir 44:9; Just., A I, 13, 3; Tat. 26, 2) J 8:58; w. ἔκ τινος foll. (Diod S 3, 64, 1; Appian, Basil. 5 §1; Parthenius 1, 4; Athen. 13, 37 p. 576c ἐξ ἑταίρας; PPetr III, 2, 20; PFlor 382, 38 ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ γενόμενος υἱός; 1 Esdr 4:16; Tob 8:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 216) Ro 1:3; Gal 4:4 (cp. 1QS 11:21). Also of plants 1 Cor 15:37. Of fruits ἔκ τινος be produced by a tree Mt 21:19 (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 13 ὁ ἐκ τ. χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος). W. ἀπό τινος foll. Ox 1081 (SJCh), 11 γε̣[ινόμε]νον, 14 γέγ[ονος], 14f γε[ι]νομεν[ον], 19 γέγονος.
    ② to come into existence, be made, be created, be manufactured, be performed
    ⓐ gener. ὸ̔ γέγονεν J 1:3c (s. ref. to Vawter, below); w. διά τινος vs. 3a (MTeschendorf, D. Schöpfungsged. im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 337–72). W. χωρίς τινος vs. 3b (IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 15 [103 A.D.] Ἐμοῦ δὲ χωρὶς γείνετʼ οὐδὲν πώποτε; Cleanthes, Hymn to Zeus 15 [Stoic. I 537=Coll. Alex. no. 1 p. 227] οὐδέ τι γίγνεται ἔργον σοῦ δίχα; note the related style 1QH 1:20; on the syntax of J 1:3f see BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6, who favors a full stop after οὐδὲ ἕν, s. εἷς 2b and lit. cited there on J 1:3). W. ἔκ τινος Hb 11:3. Of cult images διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι made w. hands Ac 19:26 (cp. PRyl 231, 3 [40 A.D.] τοὺς ἄρτους γενέσθαι). Of miracles: be done, take place (Tob 11:15; Wsd 19:13 v.l. Swete) Mt 11:20f, 23; Lk 10:13; Ac 8:13. ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο on whom this miracle had been performed 4:22. W. mention of the author διά τινος (cp. 4 Macc 17:11) 2:43; 4:16, 30; 12:9; 24:2. διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Mk 6:2; Ac 14:3. ὑπό τινος (Herodian 8, 4, 2; OGI 168, 46 [115 B.C.] τὰ γεγονότα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς φιλάνθρωπα; UPZ III, 3, 7 [116 B.C.]; PTebt 786, 14 [II B.C.]; Wsd 9:2; Jos., Ant. 8, 111; 347; Just., D. 35, 8 τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ [Jesus] καὶ νῦν γινομένων δυνάμεων) Lk 9:7 v.l.; 13:17; 23:8; Eph 5:12. Of commands, instructions be fulfilled, performed γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου thy will be done (Appian, Liby. 90 §423 τὸ πρόσταγμα δεῖ γενέσθαι; Syntipas p. 25, 3 γενέσθω τὸ αἴτημα) Mt 6:10; 26:42; Lk 11:2; cp. 22:42. γέγονεν ὸ̔ ἐπέταξας your order has been carried out 14:22. γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν that their demand should be granted 23:24. Of institutions: be established, the Sabbath for the sake of humans Mk 2:27 (Crates, Ep. 24 οὐ γεγόνασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τ. ἵππων χάριν, ἀλλʼ οἱ ἵπποι τ. ἀνθρώπων).
    ⓑ w. mention of the special nature of an undertaking: ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί in order to have such action taken in my case 1 Cor 9:15. ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; what will be done when it (the wood) is dry? Lk 23:31.
    ③ come into being as an event or phenomenon from a point of origin, arise, come about, develop (Alcaeus 23 Diehl2 [320 L-P.] καί κʼ οὐδὲν ἐκ δένος γένοιτο=nothing could originate from nothing; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὸ̓ν)
    ⓐ of events or phenomena in nature (Sir 40:10; Ex 10:22; Job 40:23; Jos., Ant. 9, 36): lightning, thunder (X., An. 3, 1, 11) J 12:29; Rv 8:5; 11:19; calm (on the sea) Mt 8:26; Mk 4:39; Lk 8:24; storm Mk 4:37; a cloud (cp. Jos., Ant. 9, 36) 9:7; Lk 9:34; Hv 4, 3, 7; flood Lk 6:48; earthquake (Parian Marbles [III B.C.]=FGrH: 239B, 24) Mt 8:24; 28:2; Ac 16:26; Rv 6:12; 11:13; 16:18; darkness Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; J 6:17; hail, fire Rv 8:7. Of a dawning day ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο (cp. περὶ ἀρχομένην ἡμέραν ‘about dawn’ Jos., Vi 15: in a related story of shipwreck) Ac 27:39.
    ⓑ of other occurrences (Arrian, Anab. 4, 4, 3 τὰ ἱερὰ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο=the sacrifice did not turn out [favorably]; 1 Macc 1:25; 4:58; 9:27; 13:44; Jdth 7:29; 14:19 al.): complaining Ac 6:1; persecution, oppression Mt 13:21; 24:21; Mk 4:17; 13:19; Ac 11:19; discussion J 3:25; Ac 15:7; tumult Mt 26:5; 27:24; GJs 21:1 and 25:1; a sound Ac 2:2, 6; weeping 20:37; clamor 23:9; Mt 25:6; AcPl Ha 4, 6; famine Lk 4:25; 15:14; Ac 11:28; ὁρμή (q.v.) 14:5; war Rv 12:7; sharp contention Ac 15:39; tear (in a garment) Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21; Lk 6:49; silence (s. σιγή) Ac 21:40; Rv 8:1; στάσις (q.v. 2) Lk 23:19; Ac 15:2; 23:7, 10; concourse 21:30; confusion 19:23; shout, loud voice 2:6; 19:34; Rv 11:15; dispute Lk 22:24; envy, strife 1 Ti 6:4; astonishment AcPl Ha 4, 25; joy 6, 3; prayer 6, 7; offering 6, 37.
    ⓒ of the various divisions of a day (Jdth 13:1; 1 Macc 5:30; 4 Macc 3:8 al.) γενομένης ἡμέρας when day came (Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 23:12; cp. Lk 6:13; 22:66; Ac 27:29, 33, 39. Difft. Mk 6:21 γενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου when a convenient/opportune day arrived. ὀψέ (cp. Gen 29:25; 1 Km 25:37) 11:19. ὀψίας γενομένης Mt 8:16; 14:15, 23; 16:2; 26:20; 27:57; Mk 1:32; 6:47; 14:17; 15:42; cp. J 6:16. πρωί̈ας Mt 27:1; J 21:4. νύξ Ac 27:27. ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης when it had grown late Mk 6:35; cp. 15:33; Lk 22:14; Ac 26:4.
    ④ to occur as process or result, happen, turn out, take place (Dicaearch., Fgm. 102 W.: a campaign ‘takes place’; Diod S 32 Fgm. 9c τὰς εἰς τ. πατέρα γεγενημένας ἁμαρτίας=the misdeeds ‘perpetrated’ against his father; 2 Macc 1:32; 13:17; 3 Macc 1:11; 4:12; 5:17 al.)
    ⓐ gener. τοῦτο ὅλον γέγονεν all this took place w. ἵνα foll. Mt 1:22; 26:56. ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται until all has taken place (=is past) 5:18. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα everything that had happened (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 121 §508 τὰ γενόμενα; 1 Esdr 1:10; Jdth 15:1; 1 Macc 4:20; 2 Macc 10:21; 3 Macc 1:17) 18:31; cp. 21:21; 24:6, 20, 34; 26:54; 27:54; 28:11; Mk 5:14. ἴδωμεν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ γεγονός let us see this thing that has taken place Lk 2:15 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 15 [Stone p. 40]) θανάτου γενομένου since a death has occurred, i.e. since he has died Hb 9:15. τούτου γενομένου after this had happened (Jos., Ant. 9, 56; 129) Ac 28:9. τὸ γεγονός what had happened (Diod S 12, 49, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 18 §496; Jos., Ant. 14, 292) Lk 8:34; 24:12. τὰ γεγονότα AcPl Ha 11, 1.—μὴ γένοιτο strong negation, in Paul only after rhet. questions (cp. TestJob 38:1; JosAs 25:8; Epict., index p. 540e; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 1, 2, Dial. Meretr. 13, 4; Achilles Tat. 5, 18, 4; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 27) by no means, far from it, God forbid (Goodsp., Probs., 88; AMalherbe, HTR 73, ’80, 231–41) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 6, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21. In more extensive phrasing (the LXX has exx. only of this usage: Gen 44:17; 3 Km 20:3 al.; cp. Josh 22:29; Demosth. 10, 27; Alciphron 2, 5, 3 al.; Ael. Aristid. 23, 80 K.=42 p. 795 D.; 30 p. 578 D.; 54 p. 679 ὸ̔ μὴ γένοιτο) Gal 6:14; w. ἵνα foll. AcPl Ha 7, 40. τί γέγονεν ὅτι (cp. Eccl 7:10) why is it that J 14:22.—Of festivals: be held, take place, come (X., Hell. 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια; 4, 5, 1; 4 Km 23:22f; 2 Macc 6:7) feast of dedication J 10:22; passover Mt 26:2; sabbath Mk 6:2; wedding J 2:1.—Abs. impv. (put twice for emphasis as Lucian, Pisc. 1 βάλλε, βάλλε; Philostrat., Ep. 35, 1 λάβε λάβε; Procop. Soph., Ep. 45) γενηθήτω γενηθήτω so let it be as a closing formula 1 Cor 16:24 v.l. (cp. Herodas 4, 85, where the sacristan closes his prayer to Asclepius with the words: ὧδε ταῦτʼ εἴη=so may it be).—On γένοιτο ἀμήν GJs 6:2 s. ἀμήν 1a.
    ⓑ w. dat. of pers. affected
    α. w. inf. foll. (UPZ 24, 29 al.; 1 Macc 13:5; Jos., Ant. 6, 232) ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι so that he would not have to lose time Ac 20:16.
    β. w. adv. or adv. phrase added (1 Esdr 6:33) κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν according to your faith let it be done to you, i.e. you believe, and you won’t be disappointed Mt 9:29; cp. 8:13. γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου may that happen to me as you have said Lk 1:38. πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ what had happened to the possessed man Mk 5:16. ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται that it may be well w. you Eph 6:3 (Dt 5:16; cp. Epict. 2, 5, 29 εὖ σοι γένοιτο; Aelian, VH 9, 36). γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done for you as you desire, i.e. your wish is granted Mt 15:28.
    γ. w. nom. of thing (1 Macc 4:25; Sir 51:17; Ar. 15:5) γίνεταί τινί τι someth. happens to or befalls a person Mk 9:21. ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν σοί τι γένηται lest someth. worse come upon you J 5:14. τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ what has happened to him Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1, 23; AcPl Ha 5, 20). τὸ γεγενημένον αὐτῷ Ac 3:10 D. ἐγίνετο πάσῃ ψυχῄ φόβος fear came upon everyone (cp. Tob 11:18) 2:43. λύπη AcPl Ha 6, 16. Freq. γέγονε ἐμοί τι someth. has come to me= I have someth.: πώρωσις τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν a hardening (of heart) has befallen Israel Ro 11:25; σωτηρία τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γεγένηται GJs 19:2; cp. Lk 19:9; διὰ τὴν ὀπτασίαν τὴν γενομένην Παύλῳ AcPl Ha 3, 15; ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα if a man has a hundred sheep Mt 18:12. τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται those outside receive everything in parables Mk 4:11. μήποτε γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι that you may receive no repayment Lk 14:12; cp. 19:9; J 15:7; 1 Cor 4:5.
    ⓒ w. gen. of pers. (Diod S 16, 64, 2 τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης γεγενημένον ὅρμον=the necklace that had belonged to Helen): ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν the kingdom of the world has come into the possession of our Lord Rv 11:15.
    ⓓ γίνεταί τι ἐπί τινι someth. happens in the case of or to a person Mk 5:33 v.l.; ἐν v.l. This can also be expressed w. εἴς τινα Ac 28:6 or the double nom. τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο what had become of Peter 12:18 (cp. Jos., Vi. 296 οἱ εἴκοσι χρυσοῖ τὶ γεγόνασιν).
    ⓔ w. inf. foll., to emphasize the actual occurrence of the action denoted by the verb: ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό if it comes about that he finds it= if he actually finds it Mt 18:13 (s. PCatt V, 19f [=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 V] ἐὰν γένηταί με ἀποδημεῖν; PAmh 135, 10; BGU 970, 5). ἐγένετο αὐτὸν παραπορεύεσθαι he happened to be passing Mk 2:23; cp. Lk 6:1, 6. ἐγένετο ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανόν just then the heaven opened Lk 3:21; cp. 16:22 (ἐν τῷ ἀποθανεῖν P75); Ac 4:5; 9:3, 32, 37, 43; 11:26; 14:1; 16:16; 19:1; 21:1, 5; 22:6, 17; 27:44; 28:8 (UPZ 62, 29 [161 B.C.] γίνεται γὰρ ἐντραπῆναι).
    ⓕ καὶ ἐγένετο (ἐγένετο δέ) periphrastic like וַיְהִי with וַ foll. to indicate the progress of the narrative; it is followed either by a conjunction like ὅτε, ὡς etc., or a gen. abs., or a prepositional constr., and joined to it is a finite verb w. καί (Jdth 5:22; 10:1; Sus 19 Theod.; 1 Macc 1:1; 5:1; Gen 39:7, 13, 19; 42:35; JosAs 11:1; 22:1; AscIs 3:2) Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15 v.l.; Lk 2:15; 5:1, 12, 17; 8:1, 22; 14:1.—Without the second καί (Jdth 2:4; 12:10; 13:12; 1 Macc 6:8; 7:2 v.l.; 9:23; Sus 28 Theod.; Bel 18 Theod.; TestAbr B 1 p. 105, 1 [Stone p. 58] and 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; TestJob 31:1; JosAs 1:1; 3:1) Mt 7:28; 11:1; 13:53; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 1:9; 4:4; Lk 1:8, 23, 41, 59; 2:1, 6, 46; 6:12 al. At times it is followed by an inf. The phrase is usually omitted in translation; older versions transl. it came to pass.—Mlt. 16f; MJohannessohn, Das bibl. καὶ ἐγένετο u. s. Geschichte: ZVS 53, 1926, 161–212 (LXX); s. MDibelius, Gnomon 3, 1927, 446–50; HPernot, Études sur la langue des Évangiles 1927, 189–99; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 29–62; JReiling, BT 16, ’65, 153–63; EDelebecque, Études grecques sur l’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65.
    ⑤ to experience a change in nature and so indicate entry into a new condition, become someth.
    ⓐ w. nouns (Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed. AOlivieri 1915, p. 16, 5 θεὸς ἐγένου ἐξ ἀνθρώπου [IV/III]; Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 5; Sir 51:2; 1 Esdr 4:26; Wsd 8:2; 4 Macc 16:6; En 103:11; Tat. 19, 2 τοῦ θανάτου καταφρονηταὶ γίνεσθε): ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν that you may become sons of your father Mt 5:45; ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων I will turn you into fishers of people Mk 1:17; a traitor Lk 6:16; friends 23:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 121); children of God J 1:12; children of light 12:36; a Christian Ac 26:29; apostle AcPlCor 2:4; a father Ro 4:18; a fool 1 Cor 3:18; a spectacle 4:9; a man, an adult 13:11 (Tob 1:9); a curse Gal 3:13. οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι ἀρχιερέα he did not exalt himself to be made high priest Hb 5:5; ἐγένετο ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ Σαμουήλ Samuel became (high priest) in his place GJs 10:2. W. double nom. (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 3, 15 δράκων λίθος ἐγένετο; Quint. Smyrn. 12, 507; Bel 28; 4 Macc 18:7) οἱ λίθοι ἄρτοι γίνονται the stones turn into loaves Mt 4:3. τὸ αἵμα αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον GJs 24:3. ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (the reverse PBerl 13044, col. III, 28ff [UWilcken, SBBerlAk 1923, 161f] τί ποιῶν ἄν τις γένοιτο θεός;). τὸ ὕδωρ γενήσεται πηγή 4:14. ἡ περιτομὴ ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν Ro 2:25. ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος I became a courier Col 1:23 (cp. Herodian 2, 6, 8 ἀνὴρ ἔπαρχος γενόμενος).—Also γ. εἴς τι (Menand., Peric. 49f Kö. [169f S.] τὸ κακὸν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ῥέπει γινόμενον; 1 Km 4:9; Jdth 5:18; 1 Macc 2:11, 43; 3:58; En 19:2 al.; B-D-F §145, 1): ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον it became a tree Lk 13:19; εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7 (all in ref. to Ps 117:22); εἰς χαρὰν γ. change (or, turn) into joy J 16:20. εἰς οὐδέν come to nothing Ac 5:36. εἰς παγίδα Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23); εἰς κενὸν γ. be done in vain 1 Th 3:5. εἰς ἄψινθον Rv 8:11. Cp. AcPl Ha 6, 6. Also w. γίνεσθαι omitted: εἰς κατάκριμα (sc. ἐγένετο τὸ κρίμα) Ro 5:18.
    ⓑ used w. an adj. to paraphrase the passive (Jdth 11:11; 1 Esdr 7:3; 2 Macc 3:34; Sus 64 Theod.; En 103:9; Ath. 37, 1 πάντων ὑποχειρίων γιγνομένων): ἁπαλὸν γ. become tender Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; ἀπειθῆ γ. Ac 26:19; ἀποσυνάγωγον γ. be expelled fr. the synagogue J 12:42; ἄφαντον γ. disappear Lk 24:31; σκωληκόβρωτον γ. be eaten by worms Ac 12:23; γνωστόν, φανερὸν γ. become known (Just., A I, 63, 6) Mk 6:14; Ac 1:19; 9:42; 19:17; 1 Cor 3:13; 14:25; Phil 1:13; δόκιμον γ. pass the test Js 1:12; ἑδραῖον γ. 1 Cor 15:58; ἔκδηλον γ. 2 Ti 3:9; AcPlCor 1:16; ἔξυπνον γ. Ac 16:27 (1 Esdr 3:3=Jos., Ant. 11:34); s. ἀπόπληκτος, ἐλεύθερος, ἐμφανής, ἔμφοβος, ἐνεργής, ἔντρομος, καθαρός, μέγας, περιδάκρυτος, περικρατής, πλήρης, πρηνής, τυφλός, ὑγιής, ὑπήκοος, ὑπόδικος, φανερός 1.
    ⓒ w. ἐν of a state of being (Stoic. III 221, 16; Diod S 20, 62, 4 ἐν ἀνέσει γ.; Plut., Tit. Flam. 378 [16, 1] ἐν ὀργῇ γ.; Lucian, Tim. 28; PPetr II, 20; III, 12 [252 B.C.] ἐν ἐπισχέσει γ.; BGU 5 II, 19 ἐν νόσῳ; POxy 471 IV, 77f; 4 Km 9:20; 1 Macc 1:27 v.l.; Sus 8 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 320, Ant. 16, 372; Mel., P. 18 ἐν πόνοις … ἐν πληγαῖς etc.) ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ Lk 22:44. ἐν ἐκστάσει Ac 22:17. ἐν πνεύματι under the Spirit’s influence Rv 1:10; 4:2; AcPl Ha 6, 28. ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων be like human beings Phil 2:7. ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, φόβῳ, τρόμῳ 1 Cor 2:3. ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:7. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. come to one’s senses (Soph., Phil. 950; X., An. 1, 5, 17; Polyb. 1, 49, 8; Chariton 3, 9, 11) Ac 12:11; γ. ἐν Χριστῷ be a Christian Ro 16:7. Cp. 7 below.
    ⑥ to make a change of location in space, move
    ⓐ εἴς τι (Hdt. 5, 87 al.; Philo, Op. M. 86; 2 Macc 1:13; also ἐν: Just., A II, 9, 3 ἐγενόμεθα ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τόπω): εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα γ. (Jos., Ant. 10, 42) Ac 20:16; 21:17; 25:15. εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν Hv 3, 1, 4. Of a voice: ἐγένετο εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου reached my ear Lk 1:44. Fig. (cp. Bar 4:28) of Abraham’s blessing εἰς τὰ ἔθνη come to the Gentiles Gal 3:14; cp. 2 Cor 8:14 (s. περίσσευμα 1, ὑστέρημα 1).
    ⓑ ἔκ τινος (Job 28:2): γ. ἐκ μέσου be removed, Lat. e medio tolli (cp. Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 12, 6 ἐκ μέσου γενομένων ἐκείνων; Plut., Timol. 238 [5, 3]; Achilles Tat. 2, 27, 2) 2 Th 2:7 (HFulford, ET 23, 1912, 40f: ‘leave the scene’). Of a voice fr. heaven: ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν γ. sound forth fr. heaven (2 Macc 2:21; cp. Da 4:31 Theod.) Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; 9:35; cp. vs. 36.
    ⓒ ἐπί τι: ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον go to the tomb Lk 24:22; ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς when he was at the steps Ac 21:35. Of fear that befalls someone (2 Macc 12:22) Lk 1:65; 4:36; Ac 5:5. Of ulcers: break out on someone Rv 16:2 (Ex 9:10f). Of divine commands: go out to someone Lk 3:2. ἐπί is somet. used w. the gen. (Appian, Liby. 93 §440; Alex. Aphr., Mixt. II 2 p. 213, 21) instead of the acc.: γενόμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου when he had arrived at the place 22:40 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18 ἐπὶ τ. τόπων γινόμενος).—J 6:21.
    ⓓ w. κατά and gen. of place: τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας the message that has spread throughout all Judea Ac 10:37. W. acc. of place (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 15; Apollon. Paradox. 3 κατὰ τόπους γ.; Jos., Ant. I, 174; cp. 2 Macc 9:8): γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν τόπον Lk 10:32; γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον Ac 27:7.
    ⓔ w. πρός and acc. of the direction and goal (PLond III, 962, 1 p. 210 [III A.D.] γενοῦ πρὸς Ἄταϊν τὸν ποιμένα; PFlor 180, 45) 1 Cor 2:3; 2J 12. Of divine instructions be given to someone (Gen 15:1, 4; Jer 1:2, 11; 13:8; Ezk 6:1; Hos 1:1; cp. ἐπί w. acc.) J 10:35; Ac 7:31 v.l.; 10:13; 13:32.
    ⓕ w. σύν and the dat. join someone (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 8; 2 Macc 13:13) Lk 2:13.
    ⓖ w. ἐγγύς (X., An. 1, 8, 8, Cyr. 7, 1, 7; cp. γίν. πλησίον Philo, Mos. 1, 228; Jos., Ant. 4, 40): ἐγγὺς τοῦ πλοίου γίνεσθαι come close to the boat J 6:19. Fig. of the relation of believers to Christ: come near Eph 2:13.
    ⓗ w. ὧδε come here J 6:25;
    ⓘ ἔμπροσθέν τινος γ. J 1:15, 30 s. on ἔμπροσθεν 1bζ and ὀπίσω 2b.
    ⑦ to come into a certain state or possess certain characteristics, to be, prove to be, turn out to be (on relation to the forms of εἰμί [here and in 8–10] s. ALink, StKr 69, 1896, 420ff). Used w. the nom. (Wsd 16:3; Jdth 16:21; Sir 31:22; 1 Macc 3:58) γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι be prudent Mt 10:16. ἄκαρπος γίνεται 13:22; Mk 4:19.—W. other words: vs. 22; 9:50; Lk 1:2; 2:2; 6:36 and very oft. Freq. the dat. of advantage (dat. commodi) is added (1 Macc 10:47; 2 Macc 7:37; 4 Macc 6:28; 12:17): ἀγαπητόν τινι γ. be dear to someone 1 Th 2:8. ἀπρόσκοπον γ. τινι be inoffensive to someone 1 Cor 10:32; γ. τινι μαθητήν J 15:8; μισθαποδότην γ. τινι be a rewarder of someone Hb 11:6; γ. ὁδηγόν τινι Ac 1:16. Cp. παρηγορία, σημεῖον, τύπος.—γ. ὁμοθυμαδόν come together in unanimity or reach unanimity Ac 15:25.—τὶ γίνεταί τινί τι a thing results in someth. for someone τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγ. θάνατος; Ro 7:13. ἡ ἐξουσία πρόσκομμα τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 Cor 8:9.—γίνομαι ὡς, ὥσπερ, ὡσεί τις (Ps 21:15; 31:9; 37:15; 82:11; 87:5 al.) be, become, show oneself like Mt 6:16; 10:25; 18:3; 28:4; Lk 22:26, 44; 1 Cor 4:13; 9:20f; Gal 4:12. καθὼς ἐγένετο … οὕτως ἔσται as it was … so it will be Lk 17:26, 28. οὐ χρὴ ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι this should not be so Js 3:10. ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμέμπτως ὑμῖν ἐγενήθημεν we proved/showed ourselves … toward you 1 Th 2:10.—In statements pert. to age (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 16 γεγονότα [sc. τὸν Πυθαγόραν] ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα; Demetr. of Phaleron [IV–III B.C.], Fgm. 153 Wehrli [’49]; Demetr: 722 Fgm. 1, 1 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 10, 50) ἐτῶν δώδεκα Lk 2:42; cp. 1 Ti 5:9.—Here prob. also belongs ἐγένετο γνώμης he decided Ac 20:3 (cp. Plut., Phoc. 752 [23, 4] ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γ.; Cass. Dio 61, 14 τ. ἐπιθυμίας γ.; Jos., Bell. 6, 287).
    ⑧ to be present at a given time, be there ([Ps.-]Jos., Ant. 18, 63) Mk 1:4; J 1:6, hence exist (Diod S 3, 52, 4 γέγονε γένη γυναικῶν=there have been nations of women; Appian, Maced. 18 §3 τὸ χρυσίον τὸ γιγνόμενον=the gold that was at hand; Bar 3:26; 2 Macc 10:24) Ro 11:5; 1J 2:18. ἐγένετο there lived Lk 1:5. ἔν τινι 2 Pt 2:1. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Rv 16:18 (Da 12:1 Theod.).
    ⑨ to be closely related to someone or someth., belong to
    ⓐ gen. of the possessor (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 79 §336 a slave γεγένητο Πομπηίου=had belonged to Pompey: B-D-F §162, 7) belong to someone Lk 20:14, 33 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 83 §350 γυνὴ Κράσσου γεγενημένη=who had been the wife of [the younger] Crassus).
    ⓑ w. dat. of pers. belong to someone (PPetr II, 40b, 7 [277 B.C.]; O. Wilck II, 1530, 2f [120 B.C.] τὸ γινόμενόν μοι=what belongs to me) of a woman ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ Ro 7:3f (cp. Ruth 1:12f; Dt 24:2).
    ⓒ w. prep. μετά τινος (Josh 2:19) Ac 9:19; 20:18. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his intimate friends Mk 16:10. πρός τινα be w. someone 1 Cor 16:10 ( make him [Timothy] feel quite at home with you Mft.) ὑπό τινα be under the authority of someone or someth. (1 Macc 10:38) Gal 4:4.
    ⓓ Here perh. belongs ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται it is not a matter of private interpretation 2 Pt 1:20.
    ⑩ to be in or at a place, be in, be there
    ⓐ ἔν τινι to designate one’s present or future place of residence (X., An. 4, 3, 29; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 4 §15 Ἀντώνιος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ γενόμενος; Aelian, VH 4, 15; Herodian 2, 2, 5; POxy 283, 11; 709, 6 ἐν Μένφει γενόμενος; PTebt 416, 3; BGU 731 II, 6 ἐν οἰκίᾳ μου; Num 11:35; Judg 17:4; 1 Ch 14:17; Jdth 5:7 al. Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.) Mt 26:6; Mk 9:33; Ac 7:38; 13:5; 2 Ti 1:17; Rv 1:9; AcPl Ha 7, 23.
    ⓑ w. adv.: ἐκεῖ (X., An. 6, 5, 20; 3 Km 8:8 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 10, 180) Ac 19:21. κατὰ μόνας Mk 4:10.—B. 637. DELG s.v. γίγνομαι. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > γίνομαι

  • 29 lleno a reventar

    (v.) = bursting, bursting at the seams, packed to capacity, packed to the rafters
    Ex. The bursting linen cupboard is characteristic of the late 19th century, since people used their linen to decorate interiors.
    Ex. The library solved the problems of budget cuts, a library building bursting at the seams, and stock ill matched to some of the courses by switching to the use of on-line search services.
    Ex. His small foreign-made car strained with the added burden of an interior packed to capacity with personal belongings and a heavily laden U-Haul trailor attached to the rear.
    Ex. The local church was packed to the rafters for the funeral of a much-loved parish priest who died last month aged 69.
    * * *
    (v.) = bursting, bursting at the seams, packed to capacity, packed to the rafters

    Ex: The bursting linen cupboard is characteristic of the late 19th century, since people used their linen to decorate interiors.

    Ex: The library solved the problems of budget cuts, a library building bursting at the seams, and stock ill matched to some of the courses by switching to the use of on-line search services.
    Ex: His small foreign-made car strained with the added burden of an interior packed to capacity with personal belongings and a heavily laden U-Haul trailor attached to the rear.
    Ex: The local church was packed to the rafters for the funeral of a much-loved parish priest who died last month aged 69.

    Spanish-English dictionary > lleno a reventar

  • 30 lleno hasta los topes

    (v.) = bursting, bursting at the seams, packed to capacity, packed to the rafters
    Ex. The bursting linen cupboard is characteristic of the late 19th century, since people used their linen to decorate interiors.
    Ex. The library solved the problems of budget cuts, a library building bursting at the seams, and stock ill matched to some of the courses by switching to the use of on-line search services.
    Ex. His small foreign-made car strained with the added burden of an interior packed to capacity with personal belongings and a heavily laden U-Haul trailor attached to the rear.
    Ex. The local church was packed to the rafters for the funeral of a much-loved parish priest who died last month aged 69.
    * * *
    (v.) = bursting, bursting at the seams, packed to capacity, packed to the rafters

    Ex: The bursting linen cupboard is characteristic of the late 19th century, since people used their linen to decorate interiors.

    Ex: The library solved the problems of budget cuts, a library building bursting at the seams, and stock ill matched to some of the courses by switching to the use of on-line search services.
    Ex: His small foreign-made car strained with the added burden of an interior packed to capacity with personal belongings and a heavily laden U-Haul trailor attached to the rear.
    Ex: The local church was packed to the rafters for the funeral of a much-loved parish priest who died last month aged 69.

    Spanish-English dictionary > lleno hasta los topes

  • 31 señor

    adj.
    mister, Mr., Mr.
    m.
    1 gentleman, lord, gent.
    2 sir, mister.
    3 Lord.
    4 master.
    * * *
    1 (noble) distinguished, noble
    2 familiar fine
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (hombre) man, gentleman; (mujer) woman, lady
    2 (amo - hombre) master; (- mujer) mistress
    4 (tratamiento - hombre) sir; (- mujer) madam, US ma'am
    ■ buenos días, señora good morning, madam
    ■ el Sr. Rodríguez Mr Rodríguez
    1 RELIGIÓN the Lord
    1 good Lord!
    \
    ser todo un señor / ser toda una señora to be a real gentleman / be a real lady
    ¡señoras y señores! ladies and gentlemen!
    el señor de la casa / la señora de la casa the gentleman of the house / the lady of the house
    Nuestro Señor / Nuestra Señora Our Lord / Our Lady
    señor feudal feudal lord
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) sir
    3) owner, master
    5) lord
    * * *
    señor, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) * [antes de sustantivo] [uso enfático] great big *
    2) (=libre) free, at liberty

    eres muy señor de hacerlo si quieres — you're quite free o at liberty to do so if you want

    2. SM / F
    1) (=persona madura) man o más frm gentleman/lady

    ha venido un señor preguntando por ti — there was a man o más frm a gentleman here asking for you

    2) (=dueño) [de tierras] owner; [de criado, esclavo] master/mistress

    ¿está la señora? — is the lady of the house in?

    3) [fórmula de tratamiento]
    a) [con apellido] Mr/Mrs

    los señores Centeno y Sánchez tuvieron que irse antes — frm Messrs Centeno and Sánchez had to leave early frm

    b) * [con nombre de pila]

    buenos días, señor Mariano — [a Mariano Ruiz] good morning, Mr Ruiz

    la señora María es de mi pueblo — [hablando de María Ruiz] Mrs Ruiz is from my village

    c) [hablando directamente] sir/madam

    no se preocupe señor — don't worry, sir

    ¿qué desea la señora? — [en tienda] can I help you, madam?; [en restaurante] what would you like, madam?

    ¡oiga, señora! — excuse me, madam!

    ¡señoras y señores! — ladies and gentlemen!

    d) [con nombre de cargo o parentesco]

    sí, señor juez — yes, my Lord

    e) frm [en correspondencia]

    señor director — [en carta a periódico] Dear Sir

    4) [uso enfático]

    pues sí señor, así es como pasó — yes indeed, that's how it happened

    ¡no señor, ahora no te vas! — oh no, you're not going anywhere yet!

    señora
    5) [en letrero]
    3. SM
    1) ( Hist) lord
    2) (Rel)
    * * *
    I
    - ñora adjetivo (delante del n) (fam) ( uso enfático)
    II
    1)
    a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman; (f) lady

    te busca un señor — there's a man o gentleman looking for you

    señoras — ladies, women

    b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman; (f) lady
    2) (dueño, amo)

    el señor/la señora de la casa — the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

    el señor de estas tierras — (Hist) the lord of these lands

    3) (Relig)
    a) Señor masculino Lord

    Dios, nuestro Señor — the Lord God

    b) Señora femenino
    4) señora femenino ( esposa) wife
    a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr; (f) Mrs
    b) (uso popular, con nombres de pila)

    la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel — ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López

    Señor Director — (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

    perdón, señor/señora ¿tiene hora? — excuse me, could you tell me the time?

    ¿se lleva ésa, señora? — will you take that one, Madam? (frml)

    muy señor mío/señores míos — (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

    Teresa Chaves - ¿señora o señorita? — Teresa Chaves - Miss, Mrs or Ms?

    los señores han salido — Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home

    ¿y lo pagó él?-sí señor — you mean he paid for it-he did indeed

    no señor, no fue así — no that is certainly not what happened

    no señor, no pienso ir — there's no way I'm going

    •• Cultural note:
    Señor/Señora/Señorita
    Titles used before someone's name when speaking to or about them. They are generally followed by the person's surname, or first name and surname. They can also be followed by the person's professional title, without the name: señor arquitecto, señora doctora, señorita maestra. They can be used on their own to attract attention. In letters they can be followed by the appropriate forms of don/doña: Sr. Dn Juan Montesinos, Sra Dña. Ana Castellón. The full forms are written in lower case when used in the middle of a sentence; the abbreviated forms are always capitalized - for señor, Sr., for señora, Sra., and for señorita, Srta. Señor is used for men. Señores, can mean "sirs", "gentlemen", and "ladies and gentlemen", and when used of a married couple means "Mr and Mrs": los señores Montesino. Señora is used for married women and widows, and women of unknown marital status. Señorita is used for single women, young women of unknown marital status, and female teachers
    * * *
    = master, Mr (Mister), gentleman [gentlemen, -pl.].
    Ex. But I said at once: 'Look here, master, I'll thank you to leave me alone after this, do you hear?'.
    Ex. My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.
    Ex. These were gentlemen whose forebears had upset Elizabeth I by encouraging the people to think a little too much for themselves and who proved very difficult to control.
    ----
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.
    * señor feudal = suzerain.
    * * *
    I
    - ñora adjetivo (delante del n) (fam) ( uso enfático)
    II
    1)
    a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman; (f) lady

    te busca un señor — there's a man o gentleman looking for you

    señoras — ladies, women

    b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman; (f) lady
    2) (dueño, amo)

    el señor/la señora de la casa — the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

    el señor de estas tierras — (Hist) the lord of these lands

    3) (Relig)
    a) Señor masculino Lord

    Dios, nuestro Señor — the Lord God

    b) Señora femenino
    4) señora femenino ( esposa) wife
    a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr; (f) Mrs
    b) (uso popular, con nombres de pila)

    la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel — ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López

    Señor Director — (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

    perdón, señor/señora ¿tiene hora? — excuse me, could you tell me the time?

    ¿se lleva ésa, señora? — will you take that one, Madam? (frml)

    muy señor mío/señores míos — (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

    Teresa Chaves - ¿señora o señorita? — Teresa Chaves - Miss, Mrs or Ms?

    los señores han salido — Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home

    ¿y lo pagó él?-sí señor — you mean he paid for it-he did indeed

    no señor, no fue así — no that is certainly not what happened

    no señor, no pienso ir — there's no way I'm going

    •• Cultural note:
    Señor/Señora/Señorita
    Titles used before someone's name when speaking to or about them. They are generally followed by the person's surname, or first name and surname. They can also be followed by the person's professional title, without the name: señor arquitecto, señora doctora, señorita maestra. They can be used on their own to attract attention. In letters they can be followed by the appropriate forms of don/doña: Sr. Dn Juan Montesinos, Sra Dña. Ana Castellón. The full forms are written in lower case when used in the middle of a sentence; the abbreviated forms are always capitalized - for señor, Sr., for señora, Sra., and for señorita, Srta. Señor is used for men. Señores, can mean "sirs", "gentlemen", and "ladies and gentlemen", and when used of a married couple means "Mr and Mrs": los señores Montesino. Señora is used for married women and widows, and women of unknown marital status. Señorita is used for single women, young women of unknown marital status, and female teachers
    * * *
    = master, Mr (Mister), gentleman [gentlemen, -pl.].

    Ex: But I said at once: 'Look here, master, I'll thank you to leave me alone after this, do you hear?'.

    Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.
    Ex: These were gentlemen whose forebears had upset Elizabeth I by encouraging the people to think a little too much for themselves and who proved very difficult to control.
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.
    * señor feudal = suzerain.

    * * *
    (uso enfático): ha conseguido un señor puesto she's got herself a really good job
    fue una señora fiesta it was some party o quite a party! ( colloq)
    2
    (libre): eres muy señor de hacer lo que quieras you're completely free to do as you like
    señor2 - ñora Señor/Señora/Señorita (↑ señora a1)
    A
    1 (persona adulta) ( masculine) man, gentleman; ( feminine) lady
    te busca un señor there's a man o gentleman looking for you
    la señora del último piso the lady who lives on the top floor
    peluquería de señoras ladies' hairdresser's
    la señora de la limpieza the cleaning lady
    [ S ] señoras ladies, women
    tiene 20 años pero se viste muy de señora she's only 20 but she dresses a lot older
    2 (persona distinguida) ( masculine) gentleman; ( feminine) lady
    es todo un señor he's a real gentleman
    tiene ínfulas de gran señora she gives herself airs and graces, she fancies herself as some sort of lady ( BrE)
    Compuesto:
    feminine companion
    B
    (dueño, amo): el señor/la señora de la casa the gentleman/the lady of the house ( frml)
    los vasallos debían fidelidad a sus señores ( Hist) the vassals owed allegiance to their lords
    a la señora le pareció mal ( iró); Madam o her ladyship didn't like the idea ( iro)
    Compuesto:
    masculine feudal lord
    C ( Relig)
    1
    recibir al Señor to receive the body of Christ
    Dios, nuestro Señor the Lord God
    Nuestro Señor Jesucristo our Lord Jesus Christ
    nuestro hermano que ahora descansa or duerme en el Señor our brother who is now at peace
    2
    D
    1
    saludos a tu señora give my regards to your wife
    la señora de Jaime está muy enferma Jaime's wife is very ill
    2
    buenas tardes, Señor López good afternoon, Mr López
    Señora de Luengo, ¿quiere pasar? would you go in please, Mrs/Ms Luengo?
    ¿avisaste a la señora (de) Fuentes? did you tell Mrs/Ms Fuentes?
    los señores de Paz Mr and Mrs Paz
    ya tenemos en nuestras manos los documentos enviados por los señores Gómez y López ( frml); we have now received the documents from Messrs. Gómez and López ( frml)
    2
    (uso popular, con nombres de pila): ¿cómo está, Señora Cristina? ≈ how are you Mrs Fuentes?, ≈ how are you, Mrs F? ( colloq)
    la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel no está ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López is not at home
    3 ( frml)
    (con otros sustantivos): el señor alcalde no podrá asistir the mayor will not be able to attend
    salude a su señor padre/señora madre de mi parte ( ant); please convey my respects to your father/mother ( dated)
    Señor Director ( Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir ( frml)
    4 ( frml)
    (sin mencionar el nombre): perdón, señor/señora, ¿tiene hora? excuse me, could you tell me the time?
    pase señor/señora come in, please
    señoras y señores ladies and gentlemen
    ¿se lleva ésa, señora? will you take that one, Madam? ( frml)
    muy señor mío/señores míos ( Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs
    Teresa Chaves — ¿señora o señorita? Teresa Chaves — Miss, Mrs or Ms?
    los señores han salido Mr and Mrs Paz are not at home
    ¿el señor/la señora va a cenar en casa? will you be dining in this evening, sir/madam? ( frml)
    5
    (uso enfático): ¿y lo pagó él? — pues sí, señor you mean he paid for it? — he did indeed o ( colloq) he sure did
    no, señor/señora, no fue así oh, no! that's not what happened
    no, señor, no pienso prestárselo there's no way I'm going to lend it to him
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    Señor    
    señor
    señor
    ◊ - ñora sustantivo masculino, femenino

    1

    (f) lady;


    (f) lady;

    2 (dueño, amo):
    ◊ el señor/la señora de la casa the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

    3 (Relig)
    a)

    ◊ Señor sustantivo masculino

    Lord
    b)

    ◊ Señora sustantivo femenino: Nuestra Sseñora de Montserrat Our Lady of Montserrat

    4
    ◊ señora sustantivo femenino ( esposa) wife

    5 ( tratamiento de cortesía)
    a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr;

    (f) Mrs;

    b) (frml) ( con otros sustantivos):


    Sseñor Director (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

    ◊ perdón, señor ¿tiene hora? excuse me, could you tell me the time?;

    muy señor mío/señores míos (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs;
    Teresa Chaves — ¿señora o señorita? Teresa Chaves — Miss, Mrs or Ms?;
    los señores han salido Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home
    señor sustantivo masculino
    1 (hombre) man, gentleman
    2 sir (en inglés británico indica una posición social inferior) señor, se le ha caído la cartera, excuse me, you have dropped your wallet 3 señoras y señores, ladies and gentlemen
    4 (tratamiento) Mr: ha llegado el Sr. Gómez, Mr Gómez is here
    el señor presidente está reunido, the President is in a meeting
    5 (en correspondencia) estimado señor, Dear Sir
    6 Hist lord
    7 Rel El Señor, the Lord
    8 (persona respetable) es todo un señor y no hace caso de habladurías, he doesn't pay the slightest bit of attention to idle chatter, he's a real gentleman
    9 familiar (grande, importante) el joven principiante se ha convertido en un señor actor, the inexperienced young actor has become a star
    Recuerda que no se usa Mr o Mrs solo con el nombre de pila, excepto cuando un "criado" está hablando con su "señor". En todo caso debes decir Mr Miguel más el apellido o Mr más el apellido. La misma regla se aplica también a Mrs y Ms.
    ' señor' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abierta
    - abierto
    - ama
    - amo
    - audiencia
    - caballero
    - de
    - don
    - estimada
    - estimado
    - Excemo.
    - Excmo.
    - N. S.
    - señora
    - señorita
    - señorito
    - Sr.
    - el
    - encantado
    - mío
    - parte
    - rogar
    English:
    dear
    - esquire
    - follow-up
    - gent
    - lord
    - master
    - mister
    - Mr
    - Mrs
    - Ms
    - outstanding
    - sir
    - worship
    - Epiphany
    - gentleman
    - squire
    * * *
    señor, -ora
    ♦ adj
    1. [refinado] noble, refined
    2. Fam [antes de sustantivo] [gran] real;
    [excelente] wonderful, splendid;
    tienen una señora casa/un señor problema that's some house/problem they've got
    ♦ nm
    1. [tratamiento] [antes de apellido, nombre, cargo] Mr;
    el señor López Mr López;
    los señores Ruiz Mr and Mrs Ruiz;
    ¿están los señores (Ruiz) en casa? are Mr and Mrs Ruiz in?;
    dile al señor Miguel que gracias say thanks to Miguel from me;
    ¡señor presidente! Mr President!;
    el señor director les atenderá enseguida the manager will see you shortly
    2. [tratamiento] [al dirigir la palabra] Sir;
    pase usted, señor do come in, do come in, Sir;
    ¡oiga señor, se le ha caído esto! excuse me! you dropped this;
    señores, debo comunicarles algo gentlemen, there's something I have to tell you;
    ¿qué desea el señor? what would you like, Sir?;
    sí, señor yes, Sir;
    Muy señor mío, Estimado señor [en cartas] Dear Sir;
    Muy señores míos [en cartas] Dear Sirs
    3. [hombre] man;
    llamó un señor preguntando por ti there was a call for you from a man;
    el señor de la carnicería the man from the butcher's;
    en el club sólo dejaban entrar a (los) señores they only let men into the club;
    un señor mayor an elderly gentleman;
    señores [en letrero] men, gents
    4. [caballero] gentleman;
    es todo un señor he's a real gentleman;
    vas hecho un señor con ese traje you look like a real gentleman in that suit
    5. [dueño] owner;
    Formal
    ¿es usted el señor de la casa? are you the head of the household?
    6. Formal [de criado, esclavo] master
    7. [noble, aristócrata] lord
    Hist señor feudal feudal lord;
    8. [en religión]
    el Señor the Lord;
    Nuestro Señor Our Lord;
    ¡Señor, ten piedad! Lord, have mercy upon us!
    9. [indica énfasis]
    sí señor, eso fue lo que ocurrió yes indeed, that's exactly what happened;
    ¡sí señor, así se habla! excellent, that's what I like to hear!;
    no señor, estás muy equivocado oh no, you're completely wrong;
    a mí no me engañas, no señor you can't fool ME
    ♦ interj
    Good Lord!;
    ¡Señor, qué manera de llover! Good Lord, look how it's raining!
    * * *
    m Lord
    * * *
    1) : gentleman m, man m, lady f, woman f, wife f
    2) : Sir m, Madam f
    estimados señores: Dear Sirs
    3) : Mr. m, Mrs. f
    4) : lord m, lady f
    el Señor: the Lord
    * * *
    1. (hombre) man [pl. men]
    ¿quién es ese señor? who's that man?
    sí, señor yes, sir

    Spanish-English dictionary > señor

  • 32 त्रि _tri

    त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].
    -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.
    -2 a third part.
    -3 three-fourths.
    -अक्ष a. triocular.
    -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.
    -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.
    -2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).
    -3 a genealogist. (
    -री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.
    -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.
    -2 a sort of colly- rium. (
    -टः) N. of Śiva.
    -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).
    -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.
    -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.
    -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.
    -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.
    -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (
    नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.
    -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).
    -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (
    -का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.
    -अब्द a. three years old.
    -ब्दम् three years taken collectively.
    -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.
    -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī
    -अशीत a. eighty-third.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-three.
    -अष्टन् a. twenty-four.
    -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (
    -स्रम्) a triangle.
    -अहः 1 a period of three days.
    -2 a festival lasting three days.
    -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.
    -आहिक a.
    1 performed or produced in three days.
    -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).
    -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.
    -ऋचम् (
    तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.
    -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.
    -ककुद् m.
    1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.
    -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 the highest, chief.
    -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.
    -ककुभ् m. Ved.
    1 Indra.
    -2 Indra's thunderbolt.
    -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.
    -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.
    -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.
    -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).
    -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.
    -कायः N. of Buddha.
    -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.
    -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (
    -लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)
    1 a divine sage, seer.
    -2 a deity.
    -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.
    1 a Buddha.
    -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).
    -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.
    -कूटम् sea-salt.
    कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.
    -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.
    (-णः) 1 a triangle.
    -2 the vulva.
    -खम् 1 tin.
    -2 a cucumber.
    -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.
    -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.
    -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.
    -गत a.
    1 tripled.
    -2 done in three days.
    -गर्ताः (pl.)
    1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.
    -2 the people or rulers of that country.
    -3 a particular mode of calculation.
    -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -3 a pearl.
    -4 a kind of cricket.
    -गुण a.
    1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.
    -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.
    -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (
    -णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.
    -णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.
    (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.
    -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.
    -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.
    -जगत् n.
    -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.
    -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).
    -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.
    -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.
    -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.
    -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.
    -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.
    -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.
    -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).
    -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.
    -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.
    -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.
    -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (
    -ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.
    -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.
    -दशाः (pl.)
    1 thirty.
    -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (
    -शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः
    1 heaven.
    -2 the mountain Meru.
    -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः
    1 Indra.
    -2 Śiva.
    -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः
    1 Agni.
    -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.
    -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.
    -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.
    -2 sky, atmosphere.
    -3 paradise.
    -4 happi- ness. (
    -वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः
    1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा
    1 the Ganges.
    -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.
    -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.
    -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.
    -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;
    -तुम् 1 the triple world.
    -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.
    -धामन् m.
    1 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Vyāsa;
    -3 of Śiva.
    -4 of Agni.
    -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.
    -धारा the Ganges.
    -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.
    - नवत a. ninety-third.
    -नवतिः f. ninety three.
    -नयना Pārvat&imacr.
    -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.
    -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.
    -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.
    -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.
    -पुटः glass (काच).
    -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.
    -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.
    -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.
    -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.
    -2 a place where three roads meet. (
    -था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.
    -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 fever (personified).
    -पद a. three-footed. (
    -दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.
    -पदिका 1 a tripod.
    -2 a stand with three feet.
    -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.
    -2 the Gāyatrī metre.
    -3 a tripod.
    -4 the plant गोधापदी.
    -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.
    -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.
    -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).
    -2 the figure formed by such intersection.
    -पाटिका a beak.
    पाठिन् a.
    1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.
    -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.
    -पादः 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 fever.
    -पाद् a.
    1 having three feet.
    -2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.
    -3 trinomial. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).
    -पुट a. triangular.
    (-टः) 1 an arrow.
    -2 the palm of the hand.
    -3 a cubit.
    -4 a bank or shore.
    -पुटकः a triangle.
    -पुटा an epithet of Durgā.
    -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.
    -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.
    -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.
    -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (
    -रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.
    (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.
    -2 N. of a country.
    -पुरुष a
    1 having the length of three men.
    -2 having three assistants. (
    -षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.
    -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (
    ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुष a.
    1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.
    2 offered to three (as oblations).
    -3 inherited from three (as an estate).
    -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.
    -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).
    -बन्धनः the individual soul.
    -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.
    1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.
    -2 the anus.
    -बलीकम् the anus.
    -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.
    -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.
    -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.
    -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.
    -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.
    -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.
    -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).
    -भुजम् a triangle.
    -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.
    -भूमः a palace with three floors.
    -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.
    -मधु n.
    -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.
    -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).
    -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.
    -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.
    -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.
    -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -मुखः an epithet of Buddha.
    -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.
    -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.
    -2 Buddha, or Jina.
    -मूर्धन् m.
    1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.
    -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.
    -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.
    -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.
    -यामकम् sin.
    -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.
    -2 turmeric.
    -3 the Indigo plant.
    -4 the river Yamuṇā.
    -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.
    -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).
    -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.
    -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रम्) a period of three nights.
    -रेखः a conch-shell.
    -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.
    -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (
    -गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (
    -गी) the three genders taken collectively.
    -लोकम् the three worlds. (
    -कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of
    1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.
    -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.
    -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.
    -लोचनः Śiva.
    (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.
    -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.
    -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.
    -4 the three higher castes.
    -5 the three myrobalans.
    -6 propriety, decorum.
    -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.
    -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.
    -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)
    -वली the anus.
    -वारम् ind. three times, thrice.
    -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.
    -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.
    -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.
    -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.
    -वृत् a.
    1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.
    -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)
    1 a sacrifice.
    -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.
    -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.
    -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).
    -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.
    -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.
    -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.
    -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]
    -2 the Chātaka bird.
    -3 a cat.
    -4 a grass-hopper.
    -5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.
    -शत a. three hundred.
    (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.
    -2 three hundred.
    -शरणः a Buddha.
    -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).
    -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.
    -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.
    -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.
    -2 a crown or crest (with three points).
    -शिरस् m.
    1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.
    -शीर्षः Śiva.
    -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.
    -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -2 a triangle.
    -शोकः the soul.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-three.
    -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.
    -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also
    -त्रिसवनम् (
    -षवणम्); Ms.11.216.
    -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.
    -सप्तत a. seventy-third.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.
    -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.
    -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.
    -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.
    -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.
    -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.
    -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.
    -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.
    -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.
    -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).
    -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.
    -स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.
    -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.
    1 having 3 dwelling places.
    -2 extending through the 3 worlds.
    -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.
    -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).
    -हायण a. three years old.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri

  • 33 grito

    m.
    1 shout (chillido).
    se escuchaban los gritos de los manifestantes you could hear the demonstrators chanting
    dar o pegar un grito to shout o scream (out)
    hablar a gritos to shout, to talk at the top of one's voice
    ser el último grito to be the latest fashion o craze, to be the in thing
    grito de dolor cry of pain
    grito de guerra war o battle cry
    2 hoot.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: gritar.
    * * *
    1 shout (chillido) cry, scream
    \
    a grito limpio / a grito pelado at the top of one's voice
    a voz en grito at the top of one's voice
    dar un grito to shout 2 (chillar) to scream
    el último grito figurado the latest thing, the last word
    pedir algo a gritos figurado to be crying out for something, be badly in need of something
    pegar un grito to shout 2 (chillar) to scream
    poner el grito en el cielo figurado to hit the ceiling, hit the roof
    * * *
    noun m.
    shout, cry, scream
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=voz alta) shout; (=chillido) scream; [de animal] cry, sound

    ¡no des esos gritos! — stop shouting like that!

    pegar o lanzar un grito — to cry out

    pedir algo a gritos —

    2) (=abucheo) jeer
    3) LAm proclamation

    el grito de Dolores — the proclamation of Mexican independence (1810)

    * * *
    1)

    un grito de dolor/terror — a cry of pain/terror

    dio un grito de alegría/sorpresa — she let out a whoop of joy/a gasp of astonishment

    gritos de protesta — shouts o cries of protest

    dame un grito si... — give me a shout if...

    a grito limpio or pelado — (fam) at the top of one's voice

    pedir or estar pidiendo algo a gritos — (fam) to be crying out for something (colloq)

    ser el último grito — to be the last word in fashion

    b) (de pájaro, animal) call, cry
    2) (Hist)
    * * *
    = cry, shout, yelp, shriek, scream, holler.
    Ex. The cry is often heard that it is impossible to put nonbook materials on open shelves because they will be stolen.
    Ex. Slake was disturbed in his daydream by shouts from the park attendant.
    Ex. Then he did several backflips and wailed aloud in his misery and woe, his yelps of distress quite filling the empyrean.
    Ex. He heard curses of lost men and women; he heard shrieks and groans and all that goes with drunkenness, debauchery, lust and sin.
    Ex. Research shows that chimpanzees vary their screams depending on the severity of the attack.
    Ex. But luckily the animals were all fairly timid and with a holler they would take off running.
    ----
    * a grito limpio = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.
    * a grito pelado = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.
    * a gritos = vociferously.
    * a voz en grito = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.
    * cantar a grito pelado = belt out.
    * chillar a grito pelado = scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, wail like + a banshee.
    * dar gritos = shriek, shout.
    * dar un grito = holler.
    * de último grito = streamlined.
    * el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * grito de aliento = cheer.
    * grito de angustia = cry of anguish.
    * grito de guerra = battle cry, war cry.
    * grito de horror = cry of horror.
    * gritos = screaming.
    * lanzar gritos de protesta = cry of protest + go up.
    * pegar gritos = shriek, shout.
    * poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.
    * ser el último grito = be all the rage.
    * * *
    1)

    un grito de dolor/terror — a cry of pain/terror

    dio un grito de alegría/sorpresa — she let out a whoop of joy/a gasp of astonishment

    gritos de protesta — shouts o cries of protest

    dame un grito si... — give me a shout if...

    a grito limpio or pelado — (fam) at the top of one's voice

    pedir or estar pidiendo algo a gritos — (fam) to be crying out for something (colloq)

    ser el último grito — to be the last word in fashion

    b) (de pájaro, animal) call, cry
    2) (Hist)
    * * *
    = cry, shout, yelp, shriek, scream, holler.

    Ex: The cry is often heard that it is impossible to put nonbook materials on open shelves because they will be stolen.

    Ex: Slake was disturbed in his daydream by shouts from the park attendant.
    Ex: Then he did several backflips and wailed aloud in his misery and woe, his yelps of distress quite filling the empyrean.
    Ex: He heard curses of lost men and women; he heard shrieks and groans and all that goes with drunkenness, debauchery, lust and sin.
    Ex: Research shows that chimpanzees vary their screams depending on the severity of the attack.
    Ex: But luckily the animals were all fairly timid and with a holler they would take off running.
    * a grito limpio = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.
    * a grito pelado = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.
    * a gritos = vociferously.
    * a voz en grito = at the top of + Posesivo + voice.
    * cantar a grito pelado = belt out.
    * chillar a grito pelado = scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, wail like + a banshee.
    * dar gritos = shriek, shout.
    * dar un grito = holler.
    * de último grito = streamlined.
    * el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * grito de aliento = cheer.
    * grito de angustia = cry of anguish.
    * grito de guerra = battle cry, war cry.
    * grito de horror = cry of horror.
    * gritos = screaming.
    * lanzar gritos de protesta = cry of protest + go up.
    * pegar gritos = shriek, shout.
    * poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.
    * ser el último grito = be all the rage.

    * * *
    A
    1
    (chillido): lanzó un grito de dolor/terror he gave a cry of pain/terror
    dio un grito de alegría/sorpresa she let out o gave a whoop of joy/a gasp of astonishment
    gritos de protesta shouts o cries of protest
    no pegues esos gritos que no estoy sorda don't shout like that, I'm not deaf
    le pegué un grito pero ya se había ido I shouted (out) to him but he'd already left
    hay que ver los gritos que le pega you should hear the way he shouts o yells at her
    a gritos: siempre habla a gritos he always talks at the top of his voice
    lo llamó a gritos desde la orilla she shouted o yelled to him from the shore
    a grito limpio or pelado ( fam); at the top of one's voice
    estar en un grito (CS fam); to be in agony
    pedir or estar pidiendo algo a gritos ( fam); to be crying out for sth ( colloq)
    poner el grito en el cielo ( fam); to hit the roof o ceiling ( colloq)
    ser el último grito: esa falda es el último grito that skirt is the last word in fashion o the very latest fashion
    ser grito y plata ( Chi fam); to be a cinch ( colloq)
    2 (de pájaro, animal) call, cry
    B ( Hist):
    * * *

     

    Del verbo gritar: ( conjugate gritar)

    grito es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    gritó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    gritar    
    grito
    gritar ( conjugate gritar) verbo intransitivo
    to shout;
    ◊ no hace falta que grites there's no need to shout o yell;

    grito de dolor to scream with pain;
    grito de alegría to shout for joy;
    grito pidiendo ayuda to shout for help;
    gritole a algn to shout at sb;

    ( para llamarlo) to shout (out) to sb
    verbo transitivo
    to shout
    grito sustantivo masculino
    a) (de dolor, alegría) shout, cry;

    ( de terror) scream;

    gritos de protesta shouts o cries of protest;
    hablar a gritos to talk at the top of one's voice;
    ser el último grito to be the last word in fashion
    b) (de pájaro, animal) call, cry

    gritar verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to shout
    Normalmente, cuando quieres gritar a alguien, debes usar la preposición to: Me gritó desde la otra acera. He shouted to me from the other pavement. Sin embargo, si quieres gritar con enfado, debes usar la preposición at: No tienes que gritarme. You don't have to shout at me. También podrías emplear el verbo to cry out, pero recuerda que indica miedo o sorpresa.
    grito sustantivo masculino shout: hablaba a grito pelado, she was talking at the top of her voice
    me dio un grito, he shouted at me
    oí un grito escalofriante, I heard a horrifying scream
    ♦ Locuciones: a voz en grito, at the top of one's voice
    poner el grito en el cielo, to hit the ceiling
    ' grito' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    berrido
    - bocinazo
    - bramido
    - chillido
    - desgarrada
    - desgarrado
    - escapar
    - gritar
    - lanzar
    - pelada
    - pelado
    - sofocar
    - voz
    - ahogado
    - ahogar
    - angustioso
    - dar
    - espeluznante
    - estremecedor
    - fuerza
    - pegar
    - porra
    - socorro
    - soltar
    English:
    arm
    - battle-cry
    - belt out
    - blare out I
    - call
    - cry
    - follow
    - gasp
    - height
    - jeer
    - let out
    - lung
    - rage
    - roof
    - sharp
    - shout
    - state-of-the-art
    - top
    - utter
    - voice
    - whoop
    - word
    - yell
    - hoot
    - loudly
    - scream
    - shiver
    - shriek
    - squeal
    * * *
    grito nm
    [chillido] shout; [de dolor, miedo] cry, scream; [de sorpresa, de animal] cry;
    se escuchaban los gritos de los manifestantes you could hear the demonstrators chanting;
    los gritos de ánimo le ayudaron a finalizar la carrera the shouts of encouragement helped him to finish the race;
    dar o [m5] pegar un grito to shout o scream (out);
    hablar a gritos to shout, to talk at the top of one's voice;
    CSur Fam
    estar en un grito to be in agony;
    pedir algo a gritos to be crying out for sth;
    Fam
    poner el grito en el cielo to hit the roof;
    ser el último grito to be the latest fashion o craze, to be the in thing
    grito de guerra war o battle cry
    EL GRITO (DE LA INDEPENDENCIA)
    At 11pm on 15th September every year, the President of Mexico appears on the balcony of the National Palace in the capital and begins the Independence Day celebrations by addressing the crowds packed in the Plaza Mayor before him with the shout “Mexicanos, viva México!”. This commemorates the night in 1810 (actually the early morning of 16th September) when the father of Mexican independence, the priest Miguel Hidalgo y Costilla, used these words at the close of a speech delivered to his parishioners in the small provincial town of Dolores (now Dolores Hidalgo), in the state of Guanajuato. In the address he urged the people of the town, who were mainly poor Indians and lower-class “mestizos”, to rebel against Spanish colonial rule, and he then led them on his unsuccessful military campaign, which ended in his execution the following year. The president's re-enactment of the “ grito de Dolores” is echoed in similar events in towns and cities across the nation.
    * * *
    m cry, shout;
    dar gritos shout;
    a grito pelado at the top of one’s voice;
    pedir algo a gritos fam be crying out for sth;
    poner el grito en el cielo hit the roof fam ;
    el último grito en teléfonos móviles the last word in cell phones
    * * *
    grito nm
    : shout, scream, cry
    a grito pelado: at the top of one's voice
    * * *
    1. (en general) shout
    2. (de dolor) cry [pl. cries]
    3. (de miedo) scream
    a grito limpio / a grito pelado at the top of your voice

    Spanish-English dictionary > grito

  • 34 λαμβάνω

    λαμβάνω (Hom.+) impf. ἐλάμβανον; fut. λήμψομαι (PTurin II, 3, 48; POxy 1664, 12; on the μ s. Mayser 194f; Thackeray 108ff; B-D-F §101; W-S. §5, 30; Mlt-H. 106; 246f; Reinhold 46f; WSchulze, Orthographica 1894.—On the middle s. B-D-F §77); 2 aor. ἔλαβον, impv. λάβε (B-D-F §101 p. 53 s.v. λαμβάνειν; W-S. §6, 7d; Mlt-H. 209 n. 1), impv. 3 pl. λαβέτωσαν (LXX; GJs 4:2); pf. εἴληφα (DRinge, Glotta 62, ’84, 125–28), 2 sing. εἴληφας and εἴληφες Rv 11:17 v.l. (W-S. §13, 16 note; Mlt-H. 221), ptc. εἰληφώς. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. ληφθήσονται Jdth 6:9; aor. εἰλήφθην LXX; pf. 3 sing. εἴληπται; plpf. 3 sg. εἴληπτο (Just., D. 132, 3). For Attic inscriptional forms s. Threatte II 645. In the following divisions, nos. 1–9 focus on an active role, whereas 10 suggests passivity.
    ① to get hold of someth. by laying hands on or grasping someth., directly or indirectly, take, take hold of, grasp, take in hand ἄρτον (Diod S 14, 105, 3 ῥάβδον; TestSol 2:8 D τὴν σφραγῖδα; TestJob 23:10 ψαλίδα) Mt 26:26a; Mk 14:22a; Ac 27:35. τ. βιβλίον (Tob 7:14) Rv 5:8f. τ. κάλαμον Mt 27:30. λαμπάδας take (in hand) (Strattis Com. [V B.C.], Fgm. 37 K. λαβόντες λαμπάδας) 25:1, 3. λαβέτωσαν ἀνὰ λαμπάδα GJs 7:2. μάχαιραν draw the sword (Gen 34:25; Jos., Vi. 173 [cp. JosAs 23:2 τὴν ῥομφαίαν]) Mt 26:52. Abs. λάβετε take (this) Mt 26:26b; Mk 14:22b.— Take hold of (me) GHb 356, 39=ISm 3:2.—ἔλαβέ με ἡ μήτηρ μου τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐν μιᾷ τῶν τριχῶν μου my mother, the Holy Spirit, took me by one of my hairs GHb 20, 63. Ἐλισάβεδ … λαβουμένη (λαβοῦσα codd.) αὐτὸν ἀνέβη ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ E. took (John) and went up into the hill-country GJs 22:3. λαβών is somet. used somewhat pleonastically to enliven the narrative, as in Hom. (Od. 24, 398) and dramatists (Soph., Oed. R. 1391 et al.), but also in accord w. Hebr. usage (JViteau, Étude sur le Grec du NT 1893, 191; Dalman, Worte 16ff; Wlh., Einleitung2 1911, 14; B-D-F §419, 1 and 2; s. Rob. 1127; s., e.g., ApcBar 2:1 λαβών με ἤγαγε; Josh 2:4; Horapollo 2, 88 τούτους λαβὼν κατορύττει) Mt 13:31, 33; Mk 9:36; Lk 13:19, 21; J 12:3; Ac 9:25; 16:3; Hs 5, 2, 4. The ptc. can here be rendered by the prep. with (B-D-F §418, 5; Rob. 1127) λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν ἔρχεται he came with a detachment J 18:3 (cp. Soph., Trach. 259 στρατὸν λαβὼν ἔρχεται; ApcrEsd 6, 17 p. 31, 24 Tdf. λαβὼν … στρατιὰν ἀγγέλων). λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα … τὸν λαὸν ἐρράντισε with the blood he sprinkled the people Hb 9:19 (cp. ParJer 9:32 λαβόντες τὸν λίθον ἔθηκαν ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ ‘they crowned his tomb with a stone’; Mel., P. 14, 88 λαβόντες δὲ τὸ … αἶμα). Different is the periphrastic aor. ptc. use of λ. w. ἔχει: Dg 10:6 ἃ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λαβὼν ἔχει what the pers. has received fr. God (cp. Eur., Bacchae 302 μεταλαβὼν ἔχει; Goodwin §47; Gildersleeve, Syntax §295; Schwyzer I, 812). Freq. parataxis takes the place of the ptc. constr. (B-D-F §419, 5) ἔλαβε τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν (instead of λαβὼν τ. Ἰ. ἐ.) he had Jesus scourged J 19:1. λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον … καὶ βαλεῖν throw the bread Mt 15:26; Mk 7:27. ἔλαβον τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐποίησαν τέσσερα μέρη they divided his garments into four parts J 19:23.—In transf. sense ἀφορμὴν λ. find opportunity Ro 7:8, 11 (s. ἀφορμή); ὑπόδειγμα λ. take as an example Js 5:10; so also λ. alone, λάβωμεν Ἐνώχ 1 Cl 9:3.—Of the cross as a symbol of the martyr’s death take upon oneself Mt 10:38 (cp. Pind., P. 2, 93 [171] λ. ζυγόν). We may class here ἔλαβεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ he put his clothes on J 13:12 (cp. Hdt. 2, 37; 4, 78; GrBar 9:7 τὸν ὄφιν ἔλαβεν ἔνδυμα). Prob. sim. μορφὴν δούλου λ. put on the form of a slave Phil 2:7.—Of food and drink take (cp. Bel 37 Theod.) Mk 15:23. ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ ὄξος J 19:30; λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν Ac 9:19; τροφὴν … λα[βεῖν] AcPl Ha 1, 19. (βρέφος) ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας (the infant) took the breast of his mother Mary GJs 19:2.—1 Ti 4:4 (s. 10b below) could also belong here.
    ② to take away, remove (τὴν ψυχήν ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 23 Tdf.) with or without the use of force τὰ ἀργύρια take away the silver coins (fr. the temple) Mt 27:6. τὰς ἀσθενείας diseases 8:17. τὸν στέφανον Rv 3:11. τὴν εἰρήνην ἐκ τῆς γῆς remove peace from the earth 6:4 (λ. τι ἐκ as UPZ 125, 13 ὸ̔ εἴληφεν ἐξ οἴκου; 2 Ch 16:2; TestSol 4:15 D; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 12 [Stone p. 70]; Mel., P. 55, 403).
    ③ to take into one’s possession, take, acquire τὶ someth. τὸν χιτῶνα Mt 5:40. οὐδὲ ἕν J 3:27. ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν obtain kingly power for himself Lk 19:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 13, 220). λ. γυναῖκα take a wife (Eur., Alc. 324; X., Cyr. 8, 4, 16; Gen 4:19; 6:2; Tob 1:9; TestSol 26:1; TestJob 45:3; ParJer 8:3; Jos., Ant. 1, 253; Just., D. 116, 3; 141, 4) Mk 12:19–21; 22 v.l.; Lk 20:28–31 (s. also the vv.ll. in 14:20 and 1 Cor 7:28). Of his life, that Jesus voluntarily gives up, in order to take possession of it again on his own authority J 10:18a. [ἀπολείπ]ετε τὸ σκότος, λάβεται τὸ φῶς [abandon] the darkness, seize the light AcPl Ha 8, 32. ἑαυτῷ τ. τιμὴν λ. take the honor upon oneself Hb 5:4.—Lay hands on, seize w. acc. of the pers. who is seized by force (Hom. et al.; LXX; mid. w. gen. Just., A II, 2, 10, D. 105, 3) Mt 21:35, 39; Mk 12:3, 8. Of an evil spirit that seizes the sick man Lk 9:39 (cp. PGM 7, 613 εἴλημπται ὑπὸ τοῦ δαίμονος; TestSol 17:2 εἰ λήμψομαί τινα, εὐθέως ἀναιρῶ αὐτὸν τῷ ξίφει; Jos., Ant. 4, 119 ὅταν ἡμᾶς τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβῃ πνεῦμα; Just., A I, 18, 4 ψυχαῖς ἀποθανόντων λαμβανόμενοι).—Esp. of feelings, emotions seize, come upon τινά someone (Hom. et al.; Ex 15:15; Wsd 11:12; Jos., Ant. 2, 139; 14, 57) ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας amazement seized (them) all Lk 5:26. φόβος 7:16. Sim. πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 Cor 10:13.—Of hunting and fishing: catch (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 9; Aelian, VH 4, 14) οὐδέν Lk 5:5=J 21:6 v.l. Fig. εἴ τις λαμβάνει (ὑμᾶς) if someone puts something over on you, takes advantage of you 2 Cor 11:20 (the exx. cited in Field, Notes, 184f refer to material plunder, whereas Paul appears to point to efforts of his opposition to control the Corinthians’ thinking for their own political purposes; also s. CLattey, JTS 44, ’43, 148); in related vein δόλῳ τινὰ λ. catch someone by a trick 12:16.
    ④ to take payment, receive, accept, of taxes, etc. collect the two-drachma tax Mt 17:24; tithes Hb 7:8f; portion of the fruit as rent Mt 21:34. τὶ ἀπό τινος someth. fr. someone (Plut., Mor. 209d, Aem. Paul. 5, 9) 17:25. παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν λ. ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν collect a share of the fruit fr. the vinedressers Mk 12:2.—τὶ παρά τινος someth. fr. someone (Aristarch. Sam. p. 352, 4; Jos., Ant. 5, 275; Just., D. 22, 11; Tat. 19, 1) οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λ. the testimony which I receive is not from a human being or I will not accept mere human testimony (PSI 395, 6 [241 B.C.] σύμβολον λαβὲ παρʼ αὐτῶν=have them give you a receipt) J 5:34; cp. vs. 44; 3:11, 32f.
    ⑤ to include in an experience, take up, receive τινὰ someone εἰς into (Wsd 8:18) lit. εἰς τὸ πλοῖον take someone (up) into the boat J 6:21. εἰς οἰκίαν receive someone into one’s house 2J 10. εἰς τὰ ἴδια into his own home J 19:27. Receive someone in the sense of recognizing the other’s authority J 1:12; 5:43ab; 13:20abcd.—οἱ ὑπηρέται ῥαπίσμασιν αὐτὸν ἔλαβον Mk 14:65 does not mean ‘the servants took him into custody with blows’ (BWeiss, al.), but is a colloquialism (s. B-D-F §198, 3, w. citation of AcJo 90 [Aa II 196, 1] τί εἰ ῥαπίσμασίν μοι ἔλαβες; ‘what if you had laid blows on me?’) the servants treated him to blows (Moffatt: ‘treated him to cuffs and slaps’), or even ‘got’ him w. blows, ‘worked him over’ (perh. a Latinism; Cicero, Tusc. 2, 14, 34 verberibus accipere. B-D-F §5, 3b; s. Rob. 530f); the v.l. ἔβαλον is the result of failure to recognize this rare usage. καλῶς ἔλαβόν σε; have (the young women) treated you well? Hs 9, 11, 8.
    ⑥ to make a choice, choose, select πᾶς ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος who is chosen fr. among human beings Hb 5:1 (cp. Num 8:6; Am 2:11; Just., D. 130, 3). The emphasis is not on gender but the human status of the chief priest in contrast to that of the unique Messiah vs. 5.
    ⑦ to accept as true, receive τὶ someth. fig. τὰ ῥήματά τινος receive someone’s words (and use them as a guide) J 12:48; 17:8; AcPl Ha 1, 6 (s. καρδία 1bβ). τὸν λόγον receive the teaching Mt 13:20; Mk 4:16 (for μετὰ χαρᾶς λ. cp. PIand 13, 18 ἵνα μετὰ χαρᾶς σε ἀπολάβωμεν).
    ⑧ to enter into a close relationship, receive, make one’s own, apprehend/comprehend mentally or spiritually (Soph., Pla. et al.) of the mystical apprehension of Christ (opp. κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ) ἔλαβον (i.e. Χριστόν) I have made (him) my own Phil 3:12.
    ⑨ Special uses: the OT is the source of λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον show partiality/favoritism (s. πρόσωπον 1bα end) Lk 20:21; Gal 2:6; B 19:4; D 4:3.—θάρσος λ. take courage s. θάρσος; πεῖράν τινος λ. try someth. (Pla., Prot. 342a; 348a, Gorg. 448a; X., Cyr. 6, 1, 28; Polyb. 1, 75, 7; 2, 32, 5; 5, 100, 10; Aelian, VH 12, 22; Dt 28:56; Jos., Ant. 8, 166; diff. Dio Chrys. 50, 6) Hb 11:29 (this expr. has a different mng. in vs. 36; s. 10b below).—συμβούλιον λαμβάνειν consult (with someone), lit. ‘take counsel’, is a Latinism (consilium capere; s. B-D-F §5, 3b; Rob. 109) Mt 27:7; 28:12; w. ὅπως foll. 22:15; foll. by κατά τινος against someone and ὅπως 12:14; foll. by κατά τινος and ὥστε 27:1. οὐ λήψῃ βουλὴν πονηρὰν κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον σου D 2:6.
    ⑩ to be a receiver, receive, get, obtain
    ⓐ abs. λαβών (of a hungry hog) when it has received someth. B 10:3. (Opp. αἰτεῖν, as Appian, Fgm. [I p. 532–36 Viereck-R.] 23 αἰτεῖτε καὶ λαμβάνετε; PGM 4, 2172) Mt 7:8; Lk 11:10; J 16:24. (Opp. διδόναι as Thu. 2, 97, 4 λαμβάνειν μᾶλλον ἢ διδόναι; Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 645 D.; Herm. Wr. 5, 10b; Philo, Deus Imm. 57; SibOr 3, 511) Mt 10:8; Ac 20:35; B 14:1; but in D 1:5 λ. rather has the ‘active’ sense accept a donation (as ἵνα λάβῃ ἐξουσίαν TestJob 8:2).
    ⓑ w. acc. of thing τὶ someth. (Da 2:6; OdeSol 11:4 σύνεσιν; TestJob 24:9 τρεῖς ἄρτους al.; ApcEsdr 5:13 p. 30, 11 Tdf. τὴν ψυχήν) τὸ ψωμίον receive the piece of bread J 13:30. ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν water of life without cost Rv 22:17. μισθόν (q.v. 1 and 2a) Mt 10:41ab; J 4:36; 1 Cor 3:8, 14; AcPlCor 2:36 (TestSol 1:2, 10). Money: ἀργύρια Mt 28:15; ἀνὰ δηνάριον a denarius each Mt 20:9f. ἐλεημοσύνην Ac 3:3. βραχύ τι a little or a bite J 6:7; eternal life Mk 10:30 (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 218 βίον ἀμείνω λαβεῖν); the Spirit (schol. on Plato 856e ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα) J 7:39; Ac 2:38; cp. Gal 3:14; 1 Cor 2:12; 2 Cor 11:4; forgiveness of sin Ac 10:43 (Just., D. 54, 1); grace Ro 1:5; cp. 5:17; the victor’s prize 1 Cor 9:24f; the crown of life Js 1:12 (cp. Wsd 5:16 λ. τὸ διάδημα). συμφύγιον/σύμφυτον καὶ ὅπλον εὐδοκίας λάβωμεν Ἰησοῦν χριστόν the sense of this clause, restored from AcPl Ha 8, 23–24 and AcPl Ox 1602, 33–35 (=BMM recto 29–31) emerges as follows: and let us take Jesus Christ as our refuge/ally and shield, the assurance of God’s goodwill toward us. The early and late rain Js 5:7. ἔλεος receive mercy Hb 4:16 (Just., D. 133, 1). λ. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ (θεοῦ) receive the name of the Son of God (in baptism) Hs 9, 12, 4. διάδοχον receive a successor Ac 24:27 (cp. Pliny the Younger, Ep. 9, 13 successorem accipio). τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λαβέτω ἕτερος let another man receive his position 1:20 (Ps 108:8). τόπον ἀπολογίας λ. (τόπος 4) 25:16. λ. τι μετὰ εὐχαριστίας receive someth. w. thankfulness 1 Ti 4:4 (but s. 1 above, end.—On the construction with μετά cp. Libanius, Or. 63 p. 392, 3 F. μετὰ ψόγου λ.). τί ἔχεις ὅ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what have you that you did not receive? 1 Cor 4:7 (Alciphron 2, 6, 1 τί οὐ τῶν ἐμῶν λαβοῦσα ἔχεις;). Of punishments (cp. δίκην λ. Hdt. 1, 115; Eur., Bacch. 1312. ποινάς Eur., Tro. 360. πληγάς Philyllius Com. [V B.C.] 11 K.; GrBar 4:15 καταδίκην; Jos., Ant. 14, 336 τιμωρίαν) λ. περισσότερον κρίμα receive a punishment that is just so much more severe Mt 23:13 [14] v.l. (cp. κρίμα 4b); Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47; cp. Js 3:1. οἱ ἀνθεστηκότες ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται those who oppose will bring punishment upon themselves Ro 13:2. πεῖράν τινος λ. become acquainted with, experience, suffer someth. (X., An. 5, 8, 15; Polyb. 6, 3, 1; 28, 9, 7; 29, 3, 10; Diod S 12, 24, 4 τὴν θυγατέρα ἀπέκτεινεν, ἵνα μὴ τῆς ὕβρεως λάβῃ πεῖραν; 15, 88, 4; Jos., Ant. 2, 60; Preisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Museums zu Kairo [1911] 2, 11; 3, 11 πεῖραν λ. δαίμονος) μαστίγων πεῖραν λ. Hb 11:36 (the phrase in a diff. mng. vs. 29; s. 9b above).
    ⓒ Also used as a periphrasis for the passive: οἰκοδομὴν λ. be edified 1 Cor 14:5. περιτομήν be circumcised J 7:23 (Just., D. 23, 5 al.). τὸ χάραγμα receive a mark = be marked Rv 14:9, 11; 19:20; 20:4. καταλλαγήν be reconciled Ro 5:11. ὑπόμνησίν τινος be reminded of = remember someth. 2 Ti 1:5 (Just., D 19, 6 μνήμην λαμβάνητε); λήθην τινὸς λ. forget someth. (Timocles Com. [IV B.C.], Fgm. 6, 5 K.; Aelian, VH 3, 18 end, HA 4, 35; Jos., Ant. 2, 163; 202; 4, 304; Just., D. 46, 5 ἵνα μὴ λήθη ὑμᾶς λαμβάνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ) 2 Pt 1:9; χαρὰν λ. experience joy, rejoice Hv 3, 13, 2 ; GJs 12:2; ἀρχὴν λ. be begun, have its beginning (Pla et al.; Polyb. 1, 12, 9; Sext. Emp., Phys. 1, 366; Aelian, VH 2, 28; 12, 53; Dio Chrys. 40, 7; Philo, Mos. 1, 81 τρίτον [σημεῖον] … τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γίνεσθαι λαβὸν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ; Just., D. 46, 4 τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβούσης ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ τῆς περιτομῆς; Ath. 19, 2 ἑτέραν ἀρχὴν τοῦ κόσμου λαβόντος) Hb 2:3; ApcPt Rainer ln. 19.—λ. τι ἀπό τινος receive someth. from someone (Epict. 4, 11, 3 λ. τι ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν; Herm. Wr. 1, 30; ApcMos 19 ὅτε δὲ ἔλαβεν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τὸν ὄρκον; Just., D. 78, 10 τῶν λαβόντων χάριν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ) 1J 2:27; 3:22. Also τὶ παρά τινος (Pisander Epicus [VI B.C.] Fgm. 5 [in Athen. 11, 469d]; Diod S 5, 3, 4 λαβεῖν τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 8 [Stone p. 12] λαβὼν τὴν εὐχὴν παρʼ αὐτῶν; Just., A I, 60, 3 ἐνέργειαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λεγομένην λαβεῖν τὸν Μωυσέα.—παρά A3aβ) J 10:18b; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 20:24; Js 1:7; 2J 4; Rv 2:28. λ. τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος receive bail from Jason Ac 17:9 (s. ἱκανός 1). λ. τι ὑπό τινος be given someth. by someone 2 Cor 11:24. κλῆρον καὶ μερισμὸν λαμβάνοντες AcPl Ha 8, 18/Ox 1602, 22f [λαβόντες]=BMM recto 23f (s. κλῆρος 2). λ. τι ἔκ τινος receive someth. fr. a quantity of someth.: ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβομεν χάριν from his fullness we have received favor J 1:16. ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβετε Hs 9, 24, 4.—λ. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν (s. ἀνάστασις 2a) Hb 11:35. On ἐν γαστρὶ εἴληφα (LXX) GJs 4:2 and 4 s. γαστήρ 2 and συλλαμβάνω 3.—B. 743. Schmidt, Syn. III 203–33. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λαμβάνω

  • 35 קדש

    קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > קדש

  • 36 קָדַש

    קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > קָדַש

  • 37 figlio

    m (pl -gli) son
    avere figli pl have children
    essere figlio unico be an only child
    * * *
    figlio s.m.
    1 son; child*; (fam.) boy: il figlio maggiore, the eldest son; figlio unico, only son; i miei figli, ( maschi e femmine) my children // (dir.): figlio legittimo, illegittimo, legitimate, illegitimate child; stato di figlio legittimo, legitimacy // vieni, figlio mio, come here, my boy; povero figlio, che brutto periodo ha passato!, poor child (o boy) what a hard time he has had! // figlio di papà, spoilt young man (o daddy's boy); figlio di mamma, mummy's boy // figlio di buona donna, di un cane, di puttana, (volg.) son of a bitch // figlio di nessuno, foundling (o waif), (fig.) loner // è figlio d'arte, he is the actor son of an actor father // sei proprio figlio di tuo padre, you are just like your father (o you are a chip off the old block) // tal padre, tal figlio, like father, like son // i figli di Abramo, the sons of Abraham // il Figlio di Dio, the Son of God // i figli della Chiesa, the faithful // 'Figli carissimi', disse il sacerdote, 'Dearly beloved sons and daughters in Christ', said the priest
    2 (fig.) ( frutto, prodotto) child*, fruit: essere figlio del proprio tempo, to be a child of one's time; il romanticismo è figlio della rivoluzione francese, romanticism is the child (o fruit) of the French Revolution; i figli più illustri della patria, the most illustrious sons of the nation.
    * * *
    pl. - gli ['fiʎʎo, ʎi] sostantivo maschile

    avere tre -gli, due maschi e una femmina — to have three children, two sons and a daughter

    figlio adottivo, naturale — adopted o adoptive child, natural child

    2) (maschio) son

    Bianco e -gli — amm. Bianco and sons

    3) fig. (prodotto) child*, son, creature, product
    •

    figlio d'arte — = somebody who follows in his, her father's footsteps (profession, job etc.)

    figlio di buona donna o d'un cane volg. figlio di puttana; figlio di nessuno waif, foundling; figlio di papà spreg. spoiled rich young man; figlio di puttana — volg. son of a bitch, motherfucker

    ••

    tale padre, tale figlio — prov. like father like son

    * * *
    figlio
    pl. - gli /'fiλλo, λi/
    sostantivo m.
     1 (maschio o femmina) child*; avere tre -gli, due maschi e una femmina to have three children, two sons and a daughter; figlio adottivo, naturale adopted o adoptive child, natural child; coppia senza -gli childless couple; essere figlio unico to be an only child; è proprio figlio di suo padre he's his father's son
     2 (maschio) son; il figlio dei Bianchi the Bianchis' son o boy; Bianco e -gli amm. Bianco and sons
     3 fig. (prodotto) child*, son, creature, product; un figlio del popolo a child of the people; un figlio del nostro tempo a creature of our times
    tale padre, tale figlio prov. like father like son; essere il figlio della serva to be a nobody o the fifth wheel
    \
    figlio d'arte = somebody who follows in his, her father's footsteps (profession, job etc.); figlio di buona donna o d'un cane volg. →  figlio di puttana; figlio di nessuno waif, foundling; figlio di papà spreg. spoiled rich young man; figlio di puttana volg. son of a bitch, motherfucker.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > figlio

  • 38 hacerse

    pron.v.
    1 to recede, to separate.
    2 to become, to enter into some new state or condition (llegar a ser).
    3 to accustom oneself (acostumbrarse).
    Hacerse de miel, to treat one gently, not to be very severe. Hacerse con alg or de algo, to acquire, to attain; to purchase anything which is wanting
    Hacerse memorable to become memorable, famous, notorious, etc. Hacerse añicos, to take great pains in doing anything
    Hacerse chiquito to pretend to be modest; to conceal one's knowledge
    Todavía no se ha hecho, it still has not been done. Hacer cortesía (mutuamente), to exchange courtesies
    Hacerse grande to grow tall, to get tall
    * * *
    1 (volverse) to become, get
    2 (crecer) to grow
    3 (acostumbrarse) to get used (a, to), become accustomed (a, to)
    4 (resultar) to become, go on, seem
    ■ la película se hizo muy larga the film went on too long, I found the film too long
    5 (simular) to pretend
    6 (mandar hacer) to have made, have done
    * * *
    2) get
    3) pretend, play
    * * *
    VERBO PRONOMINAL
    1) (=realizar, crear)

    hacerse algo — [uno mismo] to make o.s. sth; [otra persona] to have sth made

    ¿os hicisteis muchas fotos? — did you take a lot of photos?

    • hacerse caca — to soil one's pants

    • hacerse pipí — to wet o.s.

    idea 1), nudo II, 1)
    2) (=cocinarse)
    3) + infin
    a) (=conseguir)
    b) (=mandar)
    4) (=reflexivo)
    5) [recíproco]
    6) (=llegar a ser)
    a) + sustantivo to become
    b) + adj
    7) (=parecer)

    se me hizo largo/pesado el viaje — the journey felt long/boring

    se me hace que... — esp LAm it seems to me that..., I get the impression that...

    se me hace que nos están engañando — it seems to me that o I get the impression that we're being deceived

    8) * (=fingirse)

    • hacerse el sordo — to pretend not to hear

    9) (=moverse)

    • hacerse atrás — to move back

    • hacerse a un lado — [de pie] to move to one side; [sentado] to move over

    • hazte para allá, que me siente — move up that way a bit so I can sit down

    10) [seguido de preposición]
    hacerse a (=acostumbrarse) to get used to

    ¿te has hecho ya a levantarte temprano? — have you got used to getting up early yet?

    hacerse con [+ información] to get hold of; [+ ciudad, fortaleza] to take
    * * *
    (v.) = grow up to be, grow up into
    Ex. Quite obviously, however, everything rests in the end on the extent to which people grow up to be avid, thoughtful readers.
    Ex. Smart and speedy start-ups blindside mature companies with their inventiveness then grow up into mature companies and are outsmarted in their turn.
    * * *
    (v.) = grow up to be, grow up into

    Ex: Quite obviously, however, everything rests in the end on the extent to which people grow up to be avid, thoughtful readers.

    Ex: Smart and speedy start-ups blindside mature companies with their inventiveness then grow up into mature companies and are outsmarted in their turn.

    * * *

     

    ■hacerse verbo reflexivo
    1 (convertirse) to become, grow
    hacerse mayor, to grow old
    se hizo monja, she became a nun
    2 (simular) to pretend: me vio, pero se hizo el despistado, he saw me, but pretended he hadn't
    hacerse el sordo, to turn a deaf ear 3 hacerse con, (conseguir) to get hold of
    4 (acostumbrarse) to get used [a, to]: enseguida me hice a dormir sola, I soon got used to sleeping alone
    me tengo que hacer a la idea, I've got to get used to the idea
    ' hacerse' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adueñarse
    - agenciarse
    - arrumaco
    - asegurarse
    - boca
    - cargar
    - cargo
    - comprometerse
    - curar
    - dueña
    - dueño
    - eco
    - idea
    - ilusión
    - ladearse
    - lío
    - loca
    - loco
    - lograr
    - mar
    - oro
    - ovillo
    - permanente
    - remolón
    - remolona
    - rogar
    - sorda
    - sordo
    - sueca
    - sueco
    - suplantar
    - taco
    - tonta
    - tonto
    - agujero
    - América
    - amigo
    - análisis
    - ánimo
    - añicos
    - bola
    - caca
    - camote
    - cirugía
    - cocer
    - competencia
    - comprender
    - confiar
    - control
    - correr
    English:
    appear
    - become
    - befriend
    - break
    - break up
    - charge
    - come
    - cook
    - corner
    - daydream
    - deepen
    - delude
    - drag on
    - endear
    - evidence
    - fall
    - fiendish
    - get on
    - get through
    - get-rich-quick
    - grow
    - grow up
    - hard
    - impersonate
    - join
    - kid
    - masquerade
    - materialize
    - move along
    - muddle
    - part
    - part with
    - piece
    - play
    - pose
    - possum
    - power
    - pretend
    - pull over
    - put out
    - run
    - sail
    - sea
    - seize
    - shatter
    - shoeshine
    - sidestep
    - smash
    - stage
    - stake
    * * *
    vpr
    1. [convertirse en] to become;
    hacerse musulmán to become a Muslim;
    se hizo hombre he became a man;
    hacerse viejo to grow old;
    hacerse del Universitario to sign for o join Universitario
    2. [guisarse, cocerse] to cook;
    el pavo se está haciendo the turkey's in the oven
    3. Literario [formarse]
    se hizo la noche night fell;
    y se hizo la luz [cita bíblica] and there was light
    4. [resultar] + adj to get;
    se hace muy pesado it gets very tedious;
    se me ha hecho muy corto el viaje the journey seemed very short;
    la clase se me ha hecho eterna the class seemed to go on forever
    5. [causarse] + nombre
    se hizo un corte en la mano she cut her hand
    6. [fabricarse] + nombre to make oneself;
    me hice un vestido [yo mismo] I made myself a dress;
    [la modista] I had a dress made;
    se han hecho una casa al lado del mar they've built (themselves) a house by the sea
    7. [arreglarse] + nombre
    hacerse las uñas to do one's nails
    8. [crearse en la mente] + nombre
    hacerse ilusiones to get one's hopes up;
    con lo que me has dicho ya me hago una idea de cómo es la escuela from what you've told me I've got a pretty good idea of what the school is like;
    no me hago una idea de cómo debió ser I can't imagine what it must have been like
    9. [mostrarse] + "el" + adj
    se hace el gracioso/el simpático he acts the comedian/the nice guy;
    hacerse el distraído to pretend to be miles away;
    ¿eres tonto o te lo haces? are you stupid or are you just pretending to be?
    10.
    hacerse a [acostumbrarse a] [m5] no consiguió hacerse a la comida británica she couldn't get used to British food;
    no me hago a su forma de trabajar I can't get used to the way they work;
    hacerse a una idea to get used to an idea;
    hazte a la idea de que no vamos a poder ir de vacaciones you'd better start getting used to the idea that we won't be able to go on holiday
    11. [moverse]
    hacerse a un lado [persona] to move aside;
    [vehículo] to pull over
    12.
    hacerse con [conseguir] [m5] se hizo con la medalla de oro she won the gold medal;
    se hizo con el control de la empresa he took control of the company
    13. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas]
    el bebé se ha hecho encima [orina] the baby has wet himself;
    [excremento] the baby has dirtied his Br nappy o US diaper; Fam
    el bebé se ha hecho pipí the baby's wet himself
    14. Esp muy Fam
    hacérselo con alguien [tener relaciones sexuales] to do it with sb, Br to have it off with sb
    15. Am Fam
    hacerse de [obtener] to get hold of;
    tengo que hacerme de unas llaves para poder entrar I need to get hold of some keys to get in;
    se hizo de un diploma y salió a buscarse la vida she got herself a qualification and set out to make her fortune;
    nos hicimos de algo de comida y pasamos el día en el campo we got some food together and spent the day in the country
    16. Am Fam
    ¿qué se habrá hecho mi vestido? [¿dónde estará?] what's happened to my dress?;
    ¿y tu prima? ¿qué se hizo? [corto plazo] where has your cousin got to?;
    [largo plazo] whatever happened to that cousin of yours?
    17. Am Fam [salir bien]
    precisaba una beca y por suerte se le hizo she needed a scholarship and luckily she got one;
    después de años, se me hizo, gané la grande after waiting for years, at last it happened for me, I got the big one
    18. Méx, RP Fam [creer]
    ¿llegará Pedro? – se me hace que no do you think Pedro will come? – I don't think so
    * * *
    v/r
    1 traje make; casa build o.s.
    2 ( cocinarse) cook
    3 ( convertirse, volverse) get, become;
    hacerse viejo get old;
    hacerse de noche get dark;
    se hace tarde it’s getting late;
    ¿qué se hizo de aquello? what happened with that?
    4
    :
    hacerse el sordo/el tonto pretend to be deaf/stupid
    5
    :
    hacerse a algo get used to sth
    6
    :
    hacerse con algo get hold of sth
    * * *
    vr
    1) : to become
    2) : to pretend, to act, to play
    hacerse el tonto: to play dumb
    3) : to seem
    el examen se me hizo difícil: the exam seemed difficult to me
    4) : to get, to grow
    se hace tarde: it's growing late
    * * *
    1. (volverse + sustantivo) to become [pt. became; pp. become]
    2. (volverse + adjetivo) to get
    3. (fingir) to pretend to be
    4. (parecer) to seem
    5. (conseguir) to get
    ¿dónde te has hecho con esa camiseta? where did you get that T shirt?
    6. (ganar) to win [pt. & pp. won]
    7. (acostumbrarse) to get used to
    8. (apartarse) to move

    Spanish-English dictionary > hacerse

  • 39 HOF

    * * *
    n. [in A. S., Hel., and O. H. G. hof means a hall, Lat. aedes, (whence mod. Germ. hof = a farm, answering to Icel. bær or Norse ból,) and spec. the court or king’s household, (in the old Scandin. languages this sense is unknown); Ulf renders ναός and ἱερόν by alhs; in Danish local names -vé prevails, but in Norse and Icel. Hof still survives in many local names, Hof, Hof-garðr, Hof-staðir, Hofs-fell, Hofs-teigr, Hofs-vágr, Landn., Munch’s Norg. Beskriv.; and as the temple formed the nucleus of the old political life (see goði and goðorð), all these names throw light on the old political geography; cp. Hofland near Appleby in Engl.]:—a temple; distinction is made between hof, a temple ( a sanctuary with a roof), and hörgr, an altar, holy circle, or any roofless place of worship: passages referring to hof and worship are very numerous, e. g. for Norway, Hkr. Yngl. S. ch. 12, Hák. S. Aðalst. ch. 16, Ó. T. ch. 76 (by Odd Munk ch. 41), Ó. H. (1853) ch. 113–115, O. H. L. ch. 36, Fær. ch. 23, Nj. ch. 88, 89, Fas. i. 474 (Hervar. S.); for Iceland, Landn. 1. ch. 11, 21, 2. ch. 12, 3. ch. 16 (twice), 4. ch. 2, 6 (interesting), 7, 5. ch. 3 (p. 284), 8 (interesting), 12, Eb. ch. 3, 4, 10, Glúm. ch. 25, Harð. ch. 19, 37, Vd. ch. 15, 17, Hrafn. ch. 2, Eg. ch. 87, Gullþ. ch. 7, Vápn. pp. 10, 11, Dropl. pp. 10, 11, Kristni S. ch. 2, etc.; cp. also Vsp. 7, Vþm. 38, Hkv. Hjörv. 4: poët., orð-hof, the word’s sanctuary = the mouth, Stor.
    2. a hall (as in Germ. and Saxon), Hým. 33 (απ. λεγ.)
    COMPDS:
    I. with gen., hofs-dyrr, n. pl. temple-doors, Fms. i. 97. hofs-eiðr, m. a temple-oath, Glúm. 388. hofs-goði, a, m. = hofgoði, Eg. 754. hofs-helgi, f. = hofhelgi. hofs-hurð, f. a temple-door ( janua), Fms. i. 302. hofs-höfðingi, a, m. a temple-lord, Post. 645. 90. hofs-mold, f. temple-earth, holy mould, see Landn. 254. hofs-teigr, m. a strip of temple-land, glebe, Landn. 241.
    II. hof-garðr, m. a temple-yard, a local name, Landn. hof-goði, a, m. a temple-priest (see goði), Landn. 254, Hkr. i. 6, Eb. 12, 14, 16 new Ed. hof-grið, n. pl. asylum in a sanctuary, Landn. 80, v. l. hof-gyðja, u, f. a priestess, Vápn. 10, Landn. 265, v. l. hof-helgi, f. a temple-holiday, feast; halda h., Ísl. ii. 15: the sanctity of a hof, Bret. 38, Eg. 251. hof-prestr, m. a temple-priest, Stj. hof-staðr, m. a ‘temple-stead,’ sanctuary, Eb. 26, Fms. ii. 73. hof-tollr, m. a temple-toll, rate, Vápn. 10, Eb. 6, 12 new Ed., Bs. i. 6, Gullþ. 11, answering to the modern church-rate.
    B. A court, almost solely in compds, and not earlier than the 14th century, from Romances: hof-ferð, f. pride, pomp, Bs. ii. 122. hof-ferðugr, adj. proud. hof-fólk, n. pl. courtiers, Thom. 322, 479, Grett. 161, Karl. 51, Pass. 21. 8. hof-frakt, n. pomp, Fas. i. 46, Snót 86. hof-garðr, m. a lordly mansion, Thom., Bév., Rétt. hof-list, f. pomp, Thom. 479. hof-lýðr, m. = hoffólk, Clar. hof-maðr, m. a courtier; in pl. hofmenn, lords; hertogi greifi ok aðrir hofmenn, Ann. 1303; gentry, chiefly in the ballads of the Middle Ages, Ungan leit eg hofmann, Fkv. In the old dancing parties the leader of the gentlemen was styled hofmann (cp. Germ. Hoffmann). Before dancing began, men and maids having been drawn up in two rows, he went up to the ladies, and the following dialogue ensued: Hér er Hofmann, hér eru allir Hofmanns sveinar.—Hvað vill Hofmann, hvað vilja allir Hofmanns sveinar?—Mey vill Hofmann, mey vilja allir Hofmanns sveinar. Then each dancer engaged his lady for the dance; það var hlaup, og það var hofmanns hlaup, Safn i. 689. A plain in the neighbourhood of the alþingi, where the people met, is still called Hofmanna-flöt, f. ‘Gentry’s Lea.’ hof-móðugr, adj. haughty, Pass. 18. 5. hof-tyft, f. urbanity, Clar. hof-verk, n. a great feat, Safn i. 71. hof-þénari, a, m. a court servant, Fas. iii. 408.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HOF

  • 40 πρεσβύτερος

    πρεσβύτερος, α, ον (Hom.+; comp. of πρέσβυς)
    ① pert. to being relatively advanced in age, older, old
    ⓐ of an individual person older of two ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρ. (cp. Aelian, VH 9, 42; TestJob 15:2 τῷ ἀδελφῷ τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ; JosAs; Just., A II, 6, 1) Lk 15:25; of Manasseh (w. Ephraim) B 13:5. In contrast to the younger generation οἱ πρεσβύτεροι the older ones J 8:9. Opp. οἱ νεανίσκοι Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1). Opp. νεώτεροι (s. νεός 3aβ) 1 Ti 5:1 (similar advice, containing a contrast betw. πρ. and νεώτ., from ins and lit. in MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.); 1 Pt 5:5 (though here the πρεσβύτεροι are not only the older people, but at the same time, the ‘elders’; s. 2bβ). The same double mng. is found for πρεσβύτεροι in 1 Cl 1:3 beside νέοι, while in 3:3; 21:6, beside the same word, the concept of being old is the dominant one (as Jos., C. Ap. 2, 206). On the disputed pass. Hv 3, 1, 8 (οἱ νεανίσκοι … οἱ πρεσβύτεροι) cp. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.—Fem. πρεσβυτέρα old(er) woman (opp. νεωτέρα, as Gen 19:31) 1 Ti 5:2.—With no ref. to younger persons, w. complete disappearance of the comparative aspect: πρεσβύτερος an old man (Jos., Ant. 13, 226; 292 [as a witness of events in the past, as Ps.-Pla., Virt. 3, 377b; 4, 377c]) Hv 3, 12, 2; cp. 3, 11, 3. The personified church is called λίαν πρεσβυτέρα very old 3, 10, 3; cp. 3, 11, 2. She appears as ἡ πρ. the elderly woman 2, 1, 3; 3, 1, 2; 3, 10, 6; 9 and has τὰς τρίχας πρεσβυτέρας the hair of an old woman 3, 10, 4; 5; 3, 12, 1.
    ⓑ of a period of time (Petosiris, Fgm. 3 and 4 mention οἱ πρεσβύτεροι and οἱ νεώτεροι. In both instances the context shows that the reference is to astrologers from earlier and more recent times) οἱ πρεσβύτεροι the men of old, our ancestors Hb 11:2. ἡ παράδοσις τῶν πρεσβυτέρων the tradition of the ancients (cp. Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 35, 253 τῶν π. συγγράμματα) Mt 15:2; Mk 7:3, 5 (ELohse, D. Ordination im Spätjudentum u. NT, ’51, 50–56: scholars).
    ② an official (cp. Lat. senator), elder, presbyter
    ⓐ among the Jews (the congregation of a synagogue in Jerusalem used πρεσβύτεροι to denote its officers before 70 A.D.: SEG VIII, 170, 9; cp. Dssm., LO 378–80 [LAE 439–41]).
    α. for members of local councils in individual cities (cp. Josh 20:4; Ruth 4:2; 2 Esdr 10:14; Jdth 8:10; 10:6) Lk 7:3; 1 Cl 55:4.—Schürer II, 185.
    β. for members of a group in the Sanhedrin (Schürer II, 206–8; JJeremias, Jerusalem z. Zt. Jesu II B 1: Die gesellschaftl. Oberschicht 1929, 88ff). They are mentioned together w. (the) other groups: ἀρχιερεῖς (Ac 4:5 has ἄρχοντες for this), γραμματεῖς, πρεσβύτεροι (the order is not always the same) Mt 16:21; 26:3 v.l.; 27:41; Mk 8:31; 11:27; 14:43, 53; 15:1; Lk 9:22; 20:1.—Only ἀρχιερεῖς (Ac 4:8 has for this ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ) and πρεσβύτεροι (τοῦ λαοῦ: cp. Ex 19:7; Num 11:16b, 24; 1 Macc 7:33; 12:35; Just., D. 40, 4 al.) Mt 21:23; 26:3, 47, 59 v.l.; 27:1, 3, 12, 20; 28:(11), 12; Lk 22:52 (here, as an exception, οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ); Ac 4:23; 23:14; 25:15; cp. 24:1. Also οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς GPt 7:25 (for this combination cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 83; 12, 406).—Only πρεσβύτεροι and γραμματεῖς Mt 26:57; Ac 6:12.—The use of πρεσβύτερος as a title among the Jews of the Diaspora appears quite late, except for the allusions in the LXX (cp. Schürer III/1, 102; MAMA III [Cilicia], 344; 448 [cp. ZNW 31, ’32, 313f]. Whether πρεσβύτερος is to be understood in the older Roman inscriptions [CIJ 378] as a title [so CIJ p. lxxxvi], remains doubtful).
    ⓑ among the Christians (for their use of the word as a title one must bear in mind not only the Jewish custom, but also its use as a t.t. among the ἔθνη, in connection w. associations of the ‘old ones’ [FPoland, Geschichte des griech. Vereinswesens 1909, 98ff] and to designate civic as well as religious officials [Dssm., B 153ff=BS 154–57, NB 60ff=BS 233–35, also LO 315, 5; HHausschildt, ZNW 4, 1903, 235ff; MStrack, ibid. 213ff; HLietzmann, ZWT 55, 1914, 116–32 [=Kl. Schr. I ’58, 156–69]; MDibelius, exc. on 1 Ti 5:17ff; RAlastair-Campbell, The Elders, Seniority within Earliest Christianity ’94.].—BGU 16, 6 [159 A.D.] πρεσβύτεροι ἱερεῖς θεοῦ Σοκνοπαίου; 347, 6; PVindBosw 1, 31 [87 A.D.].—As honorary title: Iren. 4, 26, 5 [Harv. II 238, 3]. The Engl. word ‘priest’ comes fr. πρεσβύτερος via Lat. presbyter; later Christian usage is largely, if not entirely, responsible for this development; s. OED s.v. ‘priest’ B).
    α. Ac 11:30; 14:23; 15:2, 4, 6, 22f; 16:4 (in all the places in Ac 15 and 16 mention is made of οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι in the Jerusalem church); 20:17; 21:18; 1 Ti 5:17, 19 (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 103a Jac. νεωτέρῳ πρεσβυτέρου καταμαρτυρεῖν οὐκ ἔξεστι); Tit 1:5; Js 5:14; 1 Pt 5:1, 5 (s. 1a above); 1 Cl 44:5; 47:6; 54:2; 57:1. WWrede, Untersuchungen zum 1 Cl 1891, 8ff.—Acc. to 2 Cl 17:3, 5 exhortation and preaching in the church services were among their duties.—In Ign. the πρεσβύτεροι come after the bishop, to whom they are subordinate IMg 2; 3:1; 6:1, or betw. the bishop and the deacons IPhld inscr.; 10:2; IPol 6:1, or the higher rank of the bishop in comparison to them is made plain in some other way ITr 3:1; 12:2 (s. πρεσβυτέριον b; cp. Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 22).—Polycarp—an ἐπίσκοπος, accord. to the title of the Ep. bearing his name—groups himself w. πρεσβύτεροι in Pol inscr., and further takes the presence of presbyters in Philippi for granted (beside deacons, though no ἐπίσκοπος is mentioned; cp. Hdb. on Pol inscr.) Pol 5:3.
    β. Just how we are to understand the words ὁ πρεσβύτερος, applied to himself by the author of the two smallest Johannine letters 2J 1; 3J 1, remains in doubt. But in any case it is meant to indicate a position of great dignity the elder.—HWindisch, exc. on 3J, end; ESchwartz, Über den Tod der Söhne Zebedaei 1904, 47; 51; HWendt, ZNW 23, 1924, 19; EKäsemann, ZTK 48, ’51, 292–311; DWatson, NTS 35, ’89, 104–30, rhetorical analysis of 2J.—ὁ πρ. and οἱ πρ. are mentioned by Papias in these much-discussed passages: 2:3, 4, 5, 7, 14, 15. For some of the lit. s. the note on JKleist’s transl. ’48, p. 207 n. 18.
    γ. In Rv there are 24 elders sitting on thrones about the throne of God; they form a heavenly council of elders (cp. Is 24:23) 4:4, 10; 5:5–14; 7:11, 13; 11:16; 14:3; 19:4. The elders have been understood as glorified human beings of some kind or astral deities (or angels) (for the var. views s. RCharles, ICC Rv I 128–33; JMichl, D. 24 Ältesten in d. Apk. d. hl. J. ’38); the number 24 has been referred to the following: the 24 priestly classes of the Jews (1 Ch 24:7–18; Jos., Ant. 7, 365–67) whose heads were called ‘elders’ (Yoma 1, 5; Tamid 1, 1; Middoth 1, 8); the 24 stars which, according to Babylonian belief, stood half on the north and half on the south of the zodiac (Diod S 2, 31, 4; POsl 4, 19: HGunkel, Z. religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 42f; Boll 35f); the 24 hours of the day, represented as old men w. shining garments and w. crowns (acc. to the Test. of Adam [ed. CBezold, TNöldeke Festschr. 1906, 893–912]: JWellhausen, Analyse der Offb. Joh. 1907, p. 9, 1; NMorosof, Offb. Joh. 1912, 32); the 24 Yazatas in the state of the gods in heaven, acc. to Persian thought (Bousset). It is certainly an open question whether, or how far, the writer of Rv had any of these things in mind.—On the presbyters, and esp. on the question how ἐπίσκοπος and πρεσβύτερος were originally related to each other (a question which is raised particularly in the pastorals; cp. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. after 1 Ti 3:7 section 2 [w. lit.] and before 5:17), s. the lit. s.v. ἐπίσκοπος.—BEaston, Pastoral Epistles ’47, 188–97; WMichaelis, Das Ältestenamt ’53; GBornkamm, πρεσβύτερος; RCampbell, The Elders ’94.—B. 1472. DELG s.v. πρέσβυς. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πρεσβύτερος

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Power and the Glory — Infobox Book | name = The Power and the Glory title orig = a prayer translator = image caption = author = Graham Greene cover artist = country = United Kingdom language = English series = genre = Novel publisher = Penguin USA release date = 1940… …   Wikipedia

  • The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy —     The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy     (1) Material Objects in Liturgical Use;     (2) Liturgical Forms connected with Them;     (3) Festivals Commemorative of the Holy Cross;… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Priest of the Parish — is a party game for 50 150 people and one chair for each person. The chairs are arranged in rows of equal numbers (for example, ten rows of five), half of them facing the other. Each row of chairs is given a number from one to ten. The players… …   Wikipedia

  • The Master and Margarita —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Traitor and the Jew — (Full title: The Traitor and the Jew: Anti Semitism and the Delirium of Extremist Right Wing Nationalism in French Canada from 1929 1939 ) is a 1992 book of non fiction by Quebec political scientist Esther Delisle Ph.D.. First published in the… …   Wikipedia

  • The Young and the Restless storylines — The storylines of the soap opera The Young and the Restless (Y R) have changed over the years since the show debuted in 1973. Originally examining the lives of the wealthy Brooks and the poor Fosters, a series of recasts and departures in the… …   Wikipedia

  • The Life and Religion of Mohammed — (ISBN 1 929291 68 X) is a book by author J. L. Menezes. It was written in 1912 in India and provides an account of Mohammed s life and the religion of Islam. ControversyThe book has been the subject of a dispute between the Council on American… …   Wikipedia

  • The Greek Passion — 1st English edition (publ. Bruno Cassirer) The Greek Passion or Christ Recrucified (Ο Χριστός Ξανασταυρώνεται Christ is Recrucified ) is a 1948 novel by Nikos Kazantzakis. Plot summary The story concerns the attempts of a Greek village community… …   Wikipedia

  • The Bible and history — Part of a series on The Bible …   Wikipedia

  • The Red and the Black — For other uses, see The Red and the Black (disambiguation). Le Rouge et le Noir   …   Wikipedia

  • The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire — This article is about the book. For the historical event, see Decline of the Roman Empire. For publication details and chapter listings, see Outline of The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. The History of the Decline and Fall… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»